{"title":"Canned \u0026 Packaged Food","description":"\u003ch2\u003eShop canned packaged food\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eOur canned packaged food section is stocked with a wide variety of convenient and delicious food options to choose from.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eWhether you're looking for a quick and easy meal, a snack to tide you over, or a pantry staple, we have something for you.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBrowse pantry-ready choices that fit everyday needs and simple meal planning.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThis collection makes it easier to keep useful items within reach for busy days.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eYou can explore practical picks for lunch, dinner, or quick bites between meals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIt also helps shoppers compare options based on flavor, convenience, and household routines.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSome customers want simple staples that store well and are easy to serve.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eOthers may be looking for ready-to-use products that save time in the kitchen.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIf you search for fast food near me, this collection offers easy options to keep on hand at home.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIf you search for chinese food near me, you can also explore convenient packaged picks for your pantry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFrom everyday basics to flavorful additions, these food selections support flexible meal ideas.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThey are well suited for stocking up, planning ahead, or filling pantry gaps.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eUse this canned packaged food collection to find convenient choices for daily life.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"tonnino-tuna-fillet-in-water-6-7-oz","title":"Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water – 6.7 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eTonnino Tuna Fillets in Water is a 6.7 oz (190 g) glass jar of whole hand-packed yellowfin tuna fillets in water and sea salt, with nothing else added. The fish is wild caught, dolphin safe, gluten free, and Non-GMO Project Verified, and each jar is ready to eat straight from the pantry. It is available as a single jar or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTonnino Tuna Fillets in Water: Hand-Packed Yellowfin Tuna in a Glass Jar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole fillet cuts\u003c\/strong\u003e — hand-packed pieces of yellowfin tuna, not flakes or chunks, for a firm, meaty texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree simple ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — tuna, water, and sea salt, so the clean flavor of the fish comes through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWild caught and dolphin safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — responsibly sourced yellowfin, Non-GMO Project Verified and gluten free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — see the fillets before you buy, and reseal the jar in the refrigerator after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh in protein, low in fat\u003c\/strong\u003e — packed in water rather than oil for a lighter option; see the label for values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.7 oz (190 g) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — choose a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrain the water and flake the fillets gently with a fork, or lift them out whole to keep the pieces intact. Toss with olive oil, lemon, capers, and white beans for a quick salad, layer on toast or in a sandwich, fold into pasta, or top a grain bowl. Store unopened jars in a cool, dry pantry. Once opened, transfer any leftover tuna and liquid to a covered container, refrigerate, and use within two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Tonnino\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTonnino is a specialty tuna brand that packs whole hand-cut fillets in glass jars rather than flaking them into cans, so you can see the quality of the fish before you open it. The line is produced in Costa Rica and includes yellowfin and albacore in water, olive oil, and seasoned oils, with a focus on responsibly caught fish and simple ingredient lists. See the full range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-fish-seafood\"\u003eCanned Fish \u0026amp; Seafood\u003c\/a\u003e collection, browse more pantry staples in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.tonnino.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003etonnino.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it contains fish (tuna). The only other ingredients are water and sea salt, so the recipe has no wheat, dairy, soy, egg, or nuts, and the jar is labeled gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Because ingredient and facility statements can change between production lots, read the printed jar label if you manage a food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnopened jars are shelf stable; keep them in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and direct sunlight and use by the date printed on the lid. After opening, refrigerate any leftover fillets in their liquid in a covered container and eat them within two days. Do not freeze the glass jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Tonnino Tuna in Water and Tonnino Tuna in Olive Oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fish is the same hand-packed yellowfin fillet; only the packing liquid changes. The water and sea salt version is lighter, lower in fat, and lets the clean tuna flavor lead, which suits salads and dishes where you add your own dressing. Olive oil versions are richer, silkier, and ready to eat with just bread or greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pack options are available for Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach glass jar holds 6.7 oz (190 g) of yellowfin tuna fillets in water and sea salt. You can order a Single jar to try it, a Pack of 3 for regular lunches, or a Pack of 6 for the pantry, and the multi-packs lower the price per jar. All jars are shelf stable, so stocking up is easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it contains fish (tuna). The only other ingredients are water and sea salt, so the recipe has no wheat, dairy, soy, egg, or nuts, and the jar is labeled gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Because ingredient and facility statements can change between production lots, read the printed jar label if you manage a food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Unopened jars are shelf stable; keep them in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and direct sunlight and use by the date printed on the lid. After opening, refrigerate any leftover fillets in their liquid in a covered container and eat them within two days. Do not freeze the glass jar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Tonnino Tuna in Water and Tonnino Tuna in Olive Oil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The fish is the same hand-packed yellowfin fillet; only the packing liquid changes. The water and sea salt version is lighter, lower in fat, and lets the clean tuna flavor lead, which suits salads and dishes where you add your own dressing. Olive oil versions are richer, silkier, and ready to eat with just bread or greens.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What pack options are available for Tonnino Tuna Fillets in Water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each glass jar holds 6.7 oz (190 g) of yellowfin tuna fillets in water and sea salt. You can order a Single jar to try it, a Pack of 3 for regular lunches, or a Pack of 6 for the pantry, and the multi-packs lower the price per jar. All jars are shelf stable, so stocking up is easy.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Tonnino","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":42613374451903,"sku":"TONNINO-TUNA-WATER-67OZ-SINGLE","price":8.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45812487356607,"sku":"TONNINO-TUNA-WATER-67OZ-PACK3","price":23.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45812487389375,"sku":"TONNINO-TUNA-WATER-67OZ-PACK6","price":44.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/81iClV7MzLL_93bd9a91-a199-4875-a5f7-c720c52c0717.png?v=1778964085"},{"product_id":"knorr®-chicken-flavor-bouillon-caldo-de-pollo-7-9-lbs","title":"Knorr® Chicken Flavor Bouillon Caldo De Pollo - 7.9 Lbs","description":"\u003cp\u003eKnorr Chicken Flavor Bouillon Caldo de Pollo is a 7.9 lb (3.58 kg) resealable tub of granulated chicken bouillon blended with chicken, onion, parsley, and spices, the foodservice size used in restaurant and large family kitchens. It is made in the USA, sold as a single tub, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnorr Caldo de Pollo 7.9 lb: Granulated Chicken Bouillon for Soups, Rice, and Sauces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGranulated chicken bouillon\u003c\/strong\u003e — dissolves quickly with no cube to crumble\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade with chicken, onion, parsley, and spices\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic Caldo de Pollo flavor used in Latin American cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo trans fat\u003c\/strong\u003e — as stated on the nutrition panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.9 lb (3.58 kg) resealable tub\u003c\/strong\u003e — the foodservice size, hundreds of servings per container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — the standard Knorr Caldo de Pollo sold in US grocery and restaurant supply stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBilingual English and Spanish label\u003c\/strong\u003e — usage directions printed in both languages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDissolve one teaspoon in one cup (8 fl oz) of hot water for a quick chicken broth, or add the granules directly to rice, beans, soups, moles, stews, and vegetable dishes while they cook. Taste before adding salt, since the bouillon is already seasoned. Keep the tub tightly closed in a cool, dry cupboard and use a dry spoon; moisture makes the granules clump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Knorr\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnorr began in Heilbronn, Germany, in 1838, when Carl Heinrich Knorr started drying and grinding vegetables and grains for soups, and it is now a Unilever brand sold in more than 80 countries. In the Americas, Knorr Caldo de Pollo is a pantry staple for Mexican and Central American cooking. Find more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.knorr.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eknorr.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Knorr Caldo de Pollo contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe granules are made with salt, chicken fat and chicken, corn starch, sugar, onion, parsley, spices, and flavor enhancers such as monosodium glutamate. The US recipe does not declare wheat, milk, egg, or nuts, but formulations change, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the tub before cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use and store Knorr chicken bouillon?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse one teaspoon per cup of hot water for broth, or stir the granules into rice, beans, soups, and sauces as they cook, adjusting to taste. Keep the tub tightly closed in a cool, dry cupboard away from steam and always use a dry spoon. Sealed and dry, the granules keep for many months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between granulated bouillon and Knorr cubes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth share the same Caldo de Pollo flavor. Granules dissolve instantly and can be measured by the spoonful, which makes them easier for seasoning rice or a pot of beans without a full cube. Cubes are pre-portioned for one or two cups of broth. The 7.9 lb tub is the most economical format for frequent cooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Knorr Caldo de Pollo made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis tub is the US version of Knorr Chicken Flavor Bouillon, produced in the United States for the North American market with a bilingual English and Spanish label. The 7.9 lb (3.58 kg) resealable container is the foodservice size sold to restaurants and warehouse stores, so it suits large families and meal preppers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Knorr Caldo de Pollo contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The granules are made with salt, chicken fat and chicken, corn starch, sugar, onion, parsley, spices, and flavor enhancers such as monosodium glutamate. The US recipe does not declare wheat, milk, egg, or nuts, but formulations change, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient panel on the tub before cooking.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I use and store Knorr chicken bouillon?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Use one teaspoon per cup of hot water for broth, or stir the granules into rice, beans, soups, and sauces as they cook, adjusting to taste. Keep the tub tightly closed in a cool, dry cupboard away from steam and always use a dry spoon. Sealed and dry, the granules keep for many months.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between granulated bouillon and Knorr cubes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both share the same Caldo de Pollo flavor. Granules dissolve instantly and can be measured by the spoonful, which makes them easier for seasoning rice or a pot of beans without a full cube. Cubes are pre-portioned for one or two cups of broth. The 7.9 lb tub is the most economical format for frequent cooks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Knorr Caldo de Pollo made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This tub is the US version of Knorr Chicken Flavor Bouillon, produced in the United States for the North American market with a bilingual English and Spanish label. The 7.9 lb (3.58 kg) resealable container is the foodservice size sold to restaurants and warehouse stores, so it suits large families and meal preppers.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Knorr","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43571050447039,"sku":"KNORR-CHICKEN-BOUILLON-7-9LBS","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/1_2_86e26355-3e92-4e05-9f88-c62d411e2fa5.jpg?v=1778965737"},{"product_id":"garofalo-radiatori-no-87-durum-wheat-semolina-16oz","title":"Garofalo Radiatori No. 87, La Pasta di Gragnano, Non-GMO, 100% Durum Wheat Semolina, 16 oz (454g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarofalo Radiatori No. 87 is a 16 oz (454 g) bag of ridged, radiator-shaped Italian pasta made in Gragnano, near Naples, from 100 percent durum wheat semolina. It's a genuine Italian import, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarofalo Radiatori No. 87: Ridged Pasta from Gragnano for Chunky Sauces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRidged, sauce-catching shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ruffled radiator profile is designed to trap chunky sauce in its folds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent durum wheat semolina\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single-ingredient pasta with no additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBronze-drawn\u003c\/strong\u003e — drawn through bronze dies for a rougher surface that holds sauce better than a smooth die\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow-dried\u003c\/strong\u003e — dried at a slower pace than mass-market pasta for a firmer bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Gragnano, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Pastificio Garofalo in the Gragnano PGI pasta-making region near Naples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the pasta to a large pot of well-salted, rapidly boiling water and cook for about 8 minutes, tasting a piece near the end for a firm, al dente bite. Reserve a cup of the starchy pasta water before draining, then stir a splash into your sauce to help it cling to the ridges. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, and once opened, reseal it tightly or move the pasta to an airtight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Garofalo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarofalo has been making pasta in Gragnano, near Naples, since 1789. Gragnano's spring water, sea breeze, and sunny climate are part of what gives La Pasta di Gragnano its reputation, and several Garofalo shapes carry the Protected Geographical Indication (PGI) that ties them to the town. The pasta is bronze-drawn and slow-dried, a traditional process that leaves a rougher surface for sauce to cling to. Browse more imported pasta in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.garofalo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003egarofalo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sauces pair best with Radiatori pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRadiatori's ridged, accordion-like folds are built to catch thick sauces, so it works well with chunky meat ragu, thick vegetable sauces, and creamy cheese sauces, and it also holds up in baked pasta dishes. The deep ridges mean each piece carries more sauce than a smooth pasta shape of the same size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I cook Garofalo Radiatori?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoil Radiatori in generously salted water for about 8 minutes for an al dente texture, though exact timing can vary slightly by pot and altitude, so tasting a piece near the end is the most reliable check. Draining a minute early and finishing the pasta in the sauce pan also helps it absorb more flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is this pasta shape called Radiatori?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRadiatori means radiators in Italian, and the name comes from the pasta's ruffled, ridged profile, which resembles the fins of an old-fashioned heating radiator. The shape was designed to maximize surface area so more sauce clings to each piece compared with a smooth pasta cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Garofalo Radiatori made from a single ingredient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, with no eggs, additives, or preservatives in the recipe. It is made in Gragnano, near Naples, in a region that carries Protected Geographical Indication status for pasta, and shoppers should read the printed label for the most current ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sauces pair best with Radiatori pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Radiatori's ridged, accordion-like folds are built to catch thick sauces, so it works well with chunky meat ragu, thick vegetable sauces, and creamy cheese sauces, and it also holds up in baked pasta dishes. The deep ridges mean each piece carries more sauce than a smooth pasta shape of the same size.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long should I cook Garofalo Radiatori?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Boil Radiatori in generously salted water for about 8 minutes for an al dente texture, though exact timing can vary slightly by pot and altitude, so tasting a piece near the end is the most reliable check. Draining a minute early and finishing the pasta in the sauce pan also helps it absorb more flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why is this pasta shape called Radiatori?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Radiatori means radiators in Italian, and the name comes from the pasta's ruffled, ridged profile, which resembles the fins of an old-fashioned heating radiator. The shape was designed to maximize surface area so more sauce clings to each piece compared with a smooth pasta cut.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Garofalo Radiatori made from a single ingredient?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, with no eggs, additives, or preservatives in the recipe. It is made in Gragnano, near Naples, in a region that carries Protected Geographical Indication status for pasta, and shoppers should read the printed label for the most current ingredient details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Garofalo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45609039757503,"sku":"GAROFALO-RADIATORI-87-16OZ-SINGLE","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45609039790271,"sku":"GAROFALO-RADIATORI-87-16OZ-PACK3","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45609039823039,"sku":"GAROFALO-RADIATORI-87-16OZ-PACK6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_373fdf37-2285-41d1-ac2e-9c826bbc2d8e.png?v=1778970342"},{"product_id":"garofalo-orzo-no-26-pasta-di-gragnano-igp-500g","title":"Garofalo Orzo No. 26, La Pasta di Gragnano IGP, 100% Durum Wheat Semolina, Ready in 5 Min, 17.6 oz (500g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarofalo Orzo No. 26 is a 17.6 oz (500 g) bag of rice-shaped Italian pasta made in Gragnano, near Naples, from 100 percent durum wheat semolina. It's a genuine Italian import, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarofalo Orzo No. 26: Rice-Shaped Pasta from Gragnano for Soups and Salads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRice-shaped pasta\u003c\/strong\u003e — small, rice-like grains that work as a rice substitute in many recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent durum wheat semolina\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single-ingredient pasta with no additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBronze-drawn\u003c\/strong\u003e — drawn through bronze dies for a rougher surface that holds sauce and broth better\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow-dried\u003c\/strong\u003e — dried at a slower pace than mass-market pasta for a firmer bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Gragnano, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Pastificio Garofalo in the Gragnano pasta-making region near Naples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the orzo to a large pot of well-salted, rapidly boiling water and cook for about 5 minutes, or simmer it directly in soup or broth for the last several minutes of cooking. Taste a piece near the end for a firm, al dente bite before draining. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, and once opened, reseal it tightly or move the pasta to an airtight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Garofalo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarofalo has been making pasta in Gragnano, near Naples, since 1789. Gragnano's spring water, sea breeze, and sunny climate are part of what gives La Pasta di Gragnano its reputation, and several Garofalo shapes carry the Protected Geographical Indication (PGI) that ties them to the town. The pasta is bronze-drawn and slow-dried, a traditional process that leaves a rougher surface for sauce to cling to. Browse more imported pasta in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.garofalo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003egarofalo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Garofalo Orzo used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOrzo works well in soups, risotto-style stovetop dishes, grain bowls, pasta salads, and as a simple side dish in place of rice. Its small, rice-like shape makes it a flexible substitute in many recipes that call for rice, and it cooks in about 5 minutes, faster than most rice varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I cook Garofalo Orzo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoil Orzo in generously salted water for about 5 minutes for an al dente texture, or add it directly to simmering soup for roughly the same amount of time. Exact timing can vary slightly by pot and altitude, so tasting a piece near the end is the most reliable way to check doneness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Orzo and rice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOrzo is a pasta made from durum wheat semolina shaped to look like large grains of rice, but it has a firmer, chewier bite and a wheat flavor rather than a starchy rice flavor. It is used in many of the same dishes as rice, though it holds its shape differently in soups and salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Garofalo Orzo made from a single ingredient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, with no eggs, additives, or preservatives in the recipe. It is made in Gragnano, near Naples, in a region associated with Protected Geographical Indication pasta, and shoppers should read the printed label for the most current ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Garofalo Orzo used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Orzo works well in soups, risotto-style stovetop dishes, grain bowls, pasta salads, and as a simple side dish in place of rice. Its small, rice-like shape makes it a flexible substitute in many recipes that call for rice, and it cooks in about 5 minutes, faster than most rice varieties.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long should I cook Garofalo Orzo?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Boil Orzo in generously salted water for about 5 minutes for an al dente texture, or add it directly to simmering soup for roughly the same amount of time. Exact timing can vary slightly by pot and altitude, so tasting a piece near the end is the most reliable way to check doneness.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Orzo and rice?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Orzo is a pasta made from durum wheat semolina shaped to look like large grains of rice, but it has a firmer, chewier bite and a wheat flavor rather than a starchy rice flavor. It is used in many of the same dishes as rice, though it holds its shape differently in soups and salads.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Garofalo Orzo made from a single ingredient?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, with no eggs, additives, or preservatives in the recipe. It is made in Gragnano, near Naples, in a region associated with Protected Geographical Indication pasta, and shoppers should read the printed label for the most current ingredient details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Garofalo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45608895054015,"sku":"GAROFALO-ORZO-26-175OZ-SINGLE","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45608895086783,"sku":"GAROFALO-ORZO-26-175OZ-PACK3","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45608895119551,"sku":"GAROFALO-ORZO-26-175OZ-PACK6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_7308c43d-1edd-4cc2-8852-26193e025a9a.png?v=1778970325"},{"product_id":"garofalo-farfalle-no-78-durum-wheat-semolina-500g","title":"Garofalo Farfalle No. 78, La Pasta di Gragnano, 100% Durum Wheat Semolina, 17.6 oz (500g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarofalo Farfalle No. 78 is a 17.6 oz (500 g) bag of bow-tie shaped Italian pasta made in Gragnano, near Naples, from 100 percent durum wheat semolina. It's a genuine Italian import, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarofalo Farfalle No. 78: Bow-Tie Pasta from Gragnano for Cream Sauces and Salads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBow-tie shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — a pinched, ruffled-edge cut that holds light sauces without weighing them down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent durum wheat semolina\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single-ingredient pasta with no additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBronze-drawn\u003c\/strong\u003e — drawn through bronze dies for a rougher surface that holds sauce better than a smooth die\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow-dried\u003c\/strong\u003e — dried at a slower pace than mass-market pasta for a firmer bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Gragnano, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Pastificio Garofalo in the Gragnano pasta-making region near Naples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the pasta to a large pot of well-salted, rapidly boiling water and cook for about 14 minutes, tasting a piece near the end for a firm, al dente bite. Farfalle also works well cooled and tossed with oil-based dressing for a pasta salad. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, and once opened, reseal it tightly or move the pasta to an airtight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Garofalo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarofalo has been making pasta in Gragnano, near Naples, since 1789. Gragnano's spring water, sea breeze, and sunny climate are part of what gives La Pasta di Gragnano its reputation, and several Garofalo shapes carry the Protected Geographical Indication (PGI) that ties them to the town. The pasta is bronze-drawn and slow-dried, a traditional process that leaves a rougher surface for sauce to cling to. Browse more imported pasta in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.garofalo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003egarofalo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sauces pair best with Farfalle (bow-tie pasta)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFarfalle works well with light cream sauces, pesto, and simple vegetable or seafood toppings such as salmon or tuna, and it also holds up cold in pasta salads. The pinched center and ruffled edges catch a modest amount of sauce while keeping the shape visually distinct on the plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I cook Garofalo Farfalle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoil Farfalle in generously salted water for about 14 minutes for an al dente texture, though exact timing can vary slightly by pot and altitude, so tasting a piece near the end is the most reliable check. For pasta salad, cool the drained pasta quickly under cold water to stop the cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is Farfalle called bow-tie pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFarfalle means butterflies in Italian, but the shape is commonly called bow-tie pasta in the US because a rectangular sheet of dough is pinched at the center to form a ruffled, bow-like shape. Both names refer to the same pasta cut and are used interchangeably on menus and packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Garofalo Farfalle made from a single ingredient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, with no eggs, additives, or preservatives in the recipe. It is made in Gragnano, near Naples, in a region associated with Protected Geographical Indication pasta, and shoppers should read the printed label for the most current ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sauces pair best with Farfalle (bow-tie pasta)?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Farfalle works well with light cream sauces, pesto, and simple vegetable or seafood toppings such as salmon or tuna, and it also holds up cold in pasta salads. The pinched center and ruffled edges catch a modest amount of sauce while keeping the shape visually distinct on the plate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long should I cook Garofalo Farfalle?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Boil Farfalle in generously salted water for about 14 minutes for an al dente texture, though exact timing can vary slightly by pot and altitude, so tasting a piece near the end is the most reliable check. For pasta salad, cool the drained pasta quickly under cold water to stop the cooking.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why is Farfalle called bow-tie pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Farfalle means butterflies in Italian, but the shape is commonly called bow-tie pasta in the US because a rectangular sheet of dough is pinched at the center to form a ruffled, bow-like shape. Both names refer to the same pasta cut and are used interchangeably on menus and packaging.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Garofalo Farfalle made from a single ingredient?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, with no eggs, additives, or preservatives in the recipe. It is made in Gragnano, near Naples, in a region associated with Protected Geographical Indication pasta, and shoppers should read the printed label for the most current ingredient details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Garofalo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45608873918655,"sku":"GAROFALO-FARFALLE-78-175OZ-SINGLE","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45608873951423,"sku":"GAROFALO-FARFALLE-78-175OZ-PACK3","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45608873984191,"sku":"GAROFALO-FARFALLE-78-175OZ-PACK6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_6f283cdd-d54c-433e-b9ab-ba1a34f0ccdf.png?v=1778970322"},{"product_id":"garofalo-fusilli-no-63-durum-wheat-semolina-16oz","title":"Garofalo Fusilli No. 63, La Pasta di Gragnano, 100% Durum Wheat Semolina, Non-GMO, 16 oz (454g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarofalo Fusilli No. 63 is a 16 oz (454 g) bag of spiral-shaped Italian pasta made in Gragnano, near Naples, from 100 percent durum wheat semolina. It's a genuine Italian import, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarofalo Fusilli No. 63: Spiral Pasta from Gragnano for Chunky Sauces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTight spiral shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — the coiled cut traps chunky sauce along every twist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent durum wheat semolina\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single-ingredient pasta with no additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBronze-drawn\u003c\/strong\u003e — drawn through bronze dies for a rougher surface that holds sauce better than a smooth die\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow-dried\u003c\/strong\u003e — dried at a slower pace than mass-market pasta for a firmer bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Gragnano, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced by Pastificio Garofalo in the Gragnano PGI pasta-making region near Naples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the pasta to a large pot of well-salted, rapidly boiling water and cook for about 10 minutes, tasting a piece near the end for a firm, al dente bite. Reserve a cup of the starchy pasta water before draining, then stir a splash into your sauce so it clings to the spirals. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, and once opened, reseal it tightly or move the pasta to an airtight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Garofalo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarofalo has been making pasta in Gragnano, near Naples, since 1789. Gragnano's spring water, sea breeze, and sunny climate are part of what gives La Pasta di Gragnano its reputation, and several Garofalo shapes carry the Protected Geographical Indication (PGI) that ties them to the town. The pasta is bronze-drawn and slow-dried, a traditional process that leaves a rougher surface for sauce to cling to. Browse more imported pasta in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.garofalo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003egarofalo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sauces pair best with Fusilli No. 63?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFusilli's tight spiral shape is well suited to chunky sauces such as tomato meat sauce, pesto, arrabbiata, and vegetable ragu, since the coils trap small pieces of sauce along every twist. It also works cold in pasta salads, where the spirals hold dressing better than a flat pasta cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I cook Garofalo Fusilli?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoil Fusilli in generously salted water for about 10 minutes for an al dente texture, though exact timing can vary slightly by pot and altitude, so tasting a piece near the end is the most reliable check. Draining a minute early and finishing the pasta in the sauce pan also helps it absorb more flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does La Pasta di Gragnano mean on the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLa Pasta di Gragnano refers to pasta made in the town of Gragnano, near Naples, a region with a long pasta-making history tied to its spring water and climate. Several Garofalo shapes, Fusilli included, carry the Protected Geographical Indication that certifies the pasta was produced in that area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Garofalo Fusilli made from a single ingredient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, with no eggs, additives, or preservatives in the recipe. It is made in Gragnano, near Naples, in a region that carries Protected Geographical Indication status for pasta, and shoppers should read the printed label for the most current ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sauces pair best with Fusilli No. 63?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Fusilli's tight spiral shape is well suited to chunky sauces such as tomato meat sauce, pesto, arrabbiata, and vegetable ragu, since the coils trap small pieces of sauce along every twist. It also works cold in pasta salads, where the spirals hold dressing better than a flat pasta cut.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long should I cook Garofalo Fusilli?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Boil Fusilli in generously salted water for about 10 minutes for an al dente texture, though exact timing can vary slightly by pot and altitude, so tasting a piece near the end is the most reliable check. Draining a minute early and finishing the pasta in the sauce pan also helps it absorb more flavor.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does La Pasta di Gragnano mean on the package?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"La Pasta di Gragnano refers to pasta made in the town of Gragnano, near Naples, a region with a long pasta-making history tied to its spring water and climate. Several Garofalo shapes, Fusilli included, carry the Protected Geographical Indication that certifies the pasta was produced in that area.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Garofalo Fusilli made from a single ingredient?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, with no eggs, additives, or preservatives in the recipe. It is made in Gragnano, near Naples, in a region that carries Protected Geographical Indication status for pasta, and shoppers should read the printed label for the most current ingredient details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Garofalo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45608868741311,"sku":"GAROFALO-FUSILLI-63-16OZ-SINGLE","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45608868774079,"sku":"GAROFALO-FUSILLI-63-16OZ-PACK3","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45608868806847,"sku":"GAROFALO-FUSILLI-63-16OZ-PACK6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_07470bbf-4b83-474e-a72f-7a8e4086605b.png?v=1778970322"},{"product_id":"garofalo-capellini-no-2-angel-hair-durum-wheat-semolina-16oz","title":"Garofalo Capellini No. 2, Angel Hair, La Pasta di Gragnano, 100% Durum Wheat Semolina, 16 oz (453g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarofalo Capellini No. 2 (Angel Hair) is a 16 oz (453 g) box of authentic Italian pasta made in Gragnano, near Naples, from 100 percent durum wheat semolina. This bronze-drawn, slow-dried capellini is the thinnest pasta in the Garofalo lineup, best suited to light sauces, seafood, and broths. It's available as a Single box or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarofalo Capellini No. 2: Bronze-Drawn Angel Hair from Gragnano\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-ingredient pasta\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from 100 percent durum wheat semolina, no additives or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBronze-drawn texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — pushed through traditional bronze dies for a rough surface that grips sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow-dried\u003c\/strong\u003e — dried using traditional artisanal methods for flavor and an al dente bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThinnest pasta in the Garofalo range\u003c\/strong\u003e — delicate long strands that cook in about 2 to 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePGI-certified Pasta di Gragnano\u003c\/strong\u003e — made in Gragnano, Italy under Protected Geographical Indication rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 oz (453 g) box\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-GMO Project Verified, available Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of generously salted water to a rolling boil, add the capellini, and cook for about 2 to 3 minutes, tasting near the end for an al dente bite since thin strands like these can overcook in seconds. Reserve a cup of starchy pasta water before draining to help bind a light sauce. Pair with olive oil and garlic, fresh tomato and basil, shrimp or clams, or a light broth; heavier meat ragùs are better suited to a thicker cut of pasta. Store the unopened box in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Garofalo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarofalo has been making pasta in Gragnano, near Naples, since 1789, in a town whose name comes from the Italian word for wheat, grano. The local spring water, sunny weather, and sea breeze from the Bay of Naples are part of why Gragnano pasta carries PGI (Protected Geographical Indication) status, and Garofalo still shapes its pasta through bronze dies and dries it slowly for a rough, porous texture. Browse more Italian staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.garofalo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003egarofalo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Garofalo Capellini contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Garofalo Capellini No. 2 is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not gluten-free. It is produced in an Italian facility that may also process other grain pastas, so anyone with a wheat allergy or gluten sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before cooking, since notices can change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I cook and store Capellini Angel Hair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCook the strands in generously salted, rapidly boiling water for about 2 to 3 minutes, checking early for al dente texture, then drain and toss right away with a light sauce so the strands don't stick together. Store the unopened box in a cool, dry pantry, and refrigerate leftover cooked pasta, using it within a couple of days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Capellini and Garofalo's Spaghetti No. 9?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCapellini No. 2 is the thinnest, most delicate strand in the Garofalo range, cooking in just 2 to 3 minutes and best matched to light oil-based sauces, seafood, or broth. Spaghetti No. 9 is a thicker round strand that holds up to heartier tomato, meat, or cream sauces, though both share the same single-ingredient durum wheat semolina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Garofalo Capellini imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the genuine Garofalo Capellini No. 2 made by Pastificio Garofalo in Gragnano, near Naples, and imported into the United States and Canada rather than produced locally. The box carries PGI (Protected Geographical Indication) certification confirming its Gragnano origin, and Real Prime Deals ships every order fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Garofalo Capellini contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Garofalo Capellini No. 2 is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not gluten-free. It is produced in an Italian facility that may also process other grain pastas, so anyone with a wheat allergy or gluten sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before cooking, since notices can change.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I cook and store Capellini Angel Hair?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Cook the strands in generously salted, rapidly boiling water for about 2 to 3 minutes, checking early for al dente texture, then drain and toss right away with a light sauce so the strands don't stick together. Store the unopened box in a cool, dry pantry, and refrigerate leftover cooked pasta, using it within a couple of days.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between Capellini and Garofalo's Spaghetti No. 9?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Capellini No. 2 is the thinnest, most delicate strand in the Garofalo range, cooking in just 2 to 3 minutes and best matched to light oil-based sauces, seafood, or broth. Spaghetti No. 9 is a thicker round strand that holds up to heartier tomato, meat, or cream sauces, though both share the same single-ingredient durum wheat semolina.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is Garofalo Capellini imported from Italy?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. This is the genuine Garofalo Capellini No. 2 made by Pastificio Garofalo in Gragnano, near Naples, and imported into the United States and Canada rather than produced locally. The box carries PGI (Protected Geographical Indication) certification confirming its Gragnano origin, and Real Prime Deals ships every order fast from New Jersey.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Garofalo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45608867299519,"sku":"GAROFALO-CAPELLINI-2-16OZ-SINGLE","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45608867332287,"sku":"GAROFALO-CAPELLINI-2-16OZ-PACK3","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45608867365055,"sku":"GAROFALO-CAPELLINI-2-16OZ-PACK6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_ac8e5cb8-25dd-4c03-870f-7d9065df0901.png?v=1778970319"},{"product_id":"garofalo-spaghetti-no-9-durum-wheat-semolina-16oz","title":"Garofalo Spaghetti No. 9, La Pasta di Gragnano, 100% Durum Wheat Semolina, 16 oz (453g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarofalo Spaghetti No. 9 is a 16 oz (453 g) box of authentic Italian pasta made in Gragnano, near Naples, from 100 percent durum wheat semolina. This bronze-drawn, slow-dried spaghetti has a rough surface built to grip everything from light olive oil sauces to hearty ragù. It's available as a Single box or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarofalo Spaghetti No. 9: Bronze-Drawn Pasta di Gragnano\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-ingredient pasta\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from 100 percent durum wheat semolina, no additives or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBronze-drawn texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — pushed through traditional bronze dies for a rough surface that grips sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow-dried\u003c\/strong\u003e — dried using traditional artisanal methods for a firm, satisfying al dente bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile round strand\u003c\/strong\u003e — works with tomato, meat, seafood, or oil-based sauces alike\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePGI-certified Pasta di Gragnano\u003c\/strong\u003e — made in Gragnano, Italy under Protected Geographical Indication rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 oz (453 g) box\u003c\/strong\u003e — available Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the spaghetti to a large pot of generously salted, rapidly boiling water and cook until al dente, checking a strand a minute or two before the package's suggested time since Gragnano pasta can take a bit longer than mass-market brands. Reserve a cup of starchy pasta water before draining to help the sauce cling to the bronze-drawn surface. It suits Pomodoro, aglio e olio, carbonara, Bolognese, and vongole equally well. Store the unopened box in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Garofalo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarofalo has been making pasta in Gragnano, near Naples, since 1789, in a town whose name comes from the Italian word for wheat, grano. The local spring water, sunny weather, and sea breeze from the Bay of Naples are part of why Gragnano pasta carries PGI (Protected Geographical Indication) status, and Garofalo still shapes its pasta through bronze dies for a rough, porous texture that holds sauce. Browse more Italian staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.garofalo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003egarofalo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Garofalo Spaghetti No. 9 contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Garofalo Spaghetti No. 9 is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not gluten-free. It is produced in an Italian facility that may also process other grain pastas, so anyone with a wheat allergy or gluten sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before cooking, since notices can change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I cook and store Spaghetti No. 9?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCook in generously salted, rapidly boiling water until al dente, tasting a strand near the end of the package's suggested time, then drain and toss right away with sauce so the bronze-drawn surface can absorb it while warm. Store the unopened box in a cool, dry pantry, and refrigerate leftover cooked pasta, using it within a couple of days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Spaghetti No. 9 and Garofalo's Capellini No. 2?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpaghetti No. 9 is a thicker, round strand built to carry heartier tomato, meat, or cream-based sauces and classic dishes like carbonara or Bolognese. Capellini No. 2 is the thinnest strand in the range, cooking faster and pairing best with light oil-based sauces, seafood, or broth. Both share the same single-ingredient durum wheat semolina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Garofalo Spaghetti No. 9 imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the genuine Garofalo Spaghetti No. 9 made by Pastificio Garofalo in Gragnano, near Naples, and imported into the United States and Canada rather than produced locally. The box carries PGI (Protected Geographical Indication) certification confirming its Gragnano origin, and Real Prime Deals ships every order fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Garofalo Spaghetti No. 9 contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Garofalo Spaghetti No. 9 is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not gluten-free. It is produced in an Italian facility that may also process other grain pastas, so anyone with a wheat allergy or gluten sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the box before cooking, since notices can change.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I cook and store Spaghetti No. 9?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Cook in generously salted, rapidly boiling water until al dente, tasting a strand near the end of the package's suggested time, then drain and toss right away with sauce so the bronze-drawn surface can absorb it while warm. Store the unopened box in a cool, dry pantry, and refrigerate leftover cooked pasta, using it within a couple of days.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between Spaghetti No. 9 and Garofalo's Capellini No. 2?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Spaghetti No. 9 is a thicker, round strand built to carry heartier tomato, meat, or cream-based sauces and classic dishes like carbonara or Bolognese. Capellini No. 2 is the thinnest strand in the range, cooking faster and pairing best with light oil-based sauces, seafood, or broth. Both share the same single-ingredient durum wheat semolina.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is Garofalo Spaghetti No. 9 imported from Italy?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. This is the genuine Garofalo Spaghetti No. 9 made by Pastificio Garofalo in Gragnano, near Naples, and imported into the United States and Canada rather than produced locally. The box carries PGI (Protected Geographical Indication) certification confirming its Gragnano origin, and Real Prime Deals ships every order fast from New Jersey.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Garofalo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45608861106367,"sku":"GAROFALO-SPAGHETTI-9-16OZ-SINGLE","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45608861139135,"sku":"GAROFALO-SPAGHETTI-9-16OZ-PACK3","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45608861171903,"sku":"GAROFALO-SPAGHETTI-9-16OZ-PACK6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_208510d8-4324-400f-bc2b-3e90f65dcde5.png?v=1778970316"},{"product_id":"tabatchnick-shelf-stable-beef-broth-rich-slow-simmered-flavor-for-cooking-soups-sauces-32-oz-carton","title":"Tabatchnick Shelf Stable Beef Broth – Rich, Slow-Simmered Flavor for Cooking, Soups \u0026 Sauces – 32 oz Carton","description":"\u003cp\u003eTabatchnick Shelf Stable Beef Broth is a 32 fl oz carton of slow-simmered beef broth made without artificial preservatives, sold as a single carton, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTabatchnick Beef Broth: Slow-Simmered Flavor for Soups, Stews, and Sauces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow-simmered beef flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rich, hearty broth base built from beef and seasonings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with straightforward ingredients rather than synthetic preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf-stable carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — stores in the pantry at room temperature until the carton is opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32 fl oz carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — a pour-and-cook format sized for family-scale recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile cooking base\u003c\/strong\u003e — works in soups, stews, gravies, braising liquid, and casseroles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake the carton before opening, then pour the amount needed into a pot for soups, stews, gravies, or braising liquid, or use it to cook rice or lentils for a savory side dish. Store an unopened carton at room temperature in the pantry; once opened, refrigerate the remaining broth in a sealed container and use it within a few days, following the date on the packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Tabatchnick\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTabatchnick makes shelf-stable soups and broths designed to bring slow-simmered, homemade-style flavor to everyday cooking without refrigeration until the package is opened. The beef broth is built as a convenient carton base for soups, stews, and sauces rather than a ready-to-eat soup on its own. Browse more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.tabatchnick.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003etabatchnick.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Tabatchnick Beef Broth contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIngredient and allergen information can change between production runs, so read the printed label on the carton for the current ingredient list and any allergen or facility notices before using it in a recipe. Tabatchnick lists full ingredient details directly on the carton packaging, which is the most reliable source for anyone managing a food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Tabatchnick Beef Broth need refrigeration?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, not until it is opened. The carton is shelf-stable, so it can be stored in the pantry at room temperature alongside other packaged goods. Once opened, refrigerate the remaining broth in a sealed container and use it within a few days, checking the printed date on the carton for specific guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Tabatchnick Beef Broth used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt works as a cooking base rather than a stand-alone soup, commonly used for beef barley soup, French onion soup, pot roast braising liquid, gravies and pan sauces, or cooking rice and lentils for a savory side. It is also a common addition to shepherd's pie and other beef casseroles that call for a broth base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size does Tabatchnick Beef Broth come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is sold as a single 32 fl oz shelf-stable carton, sized for family-scale recipes like soups, stews, and casseroles. The pour-and-cook carton format is meant to be measured out as needed for a recipe rather than used all at once, with the remainder refrigerated after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Tabatchnick Beef Broth contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Ingredient and allergen information can change between production runs, so read the printed label on the carton for the current ingredient list and any allergen or facility notices before using it in a recipe. Tabatchnick lists full ingredient details directly on the carton packaging, which is the most reliable source for anyone managing a food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Tabatchnick Beef Broth need refrigeration?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, not until it is opened. The carton is shelf-stable, so it can be stored in the pantry at room temperature alongside other packaged goods. Once opened, refrigerate the remaining broth in a sealed container and use it within a few days, checking the printed date on the carton for specific guidance.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Tabatchnick Beef Broth used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It works as a cooking base rather than a stand-alone soup, commonly used for beef barley soup, French onion soup, pot roast braising liquid, gravies and pan sauces, or cooking rice and lentils for a savory side. It is also a common addition to shepherd's pie and other beef casseroles that call for a broth base.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size does Tabatchnick Beef Broth come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is sold as a single 32 fl oz shelf-stable carton, sized for family-scale recipes like soups, stews, and casseroles. The pour-and-cook carton format is meant to be measured out as needed for a recipe rather than used all at once, with the remainder refrigerated after opening.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Tabatchnick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44745293496511,"sku":"TABATCHNICK-BEEF-BROTH-32OZ","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/t1.png?v=1778967077"},{"product_id":"tabatchnick-shelf-stable-chicken-broth-classic-slow-simmered-flavor-for-soups-cooking-sauces-32-oz-carton","title":"Tabatchnick Shelf Stable Chicken Broth – Classic, Slow-Simmered Flavor for Soups, Cooking \u0026 Sauces – 32 oz Carton","description":"\u003cp\u003eTabatchnick Chicken Broth is a 32 oz shelf-stable carton of chicken broth made with chicken, vegetables, and seasonings for a classic, comforting flavor. It is sold as a single carton, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTabatchnick Chicken Broth: Shelf-Stable Base for Soups and Sauces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlow-simmered chicken flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — a classic, comforting broth built for everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf-stable carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — no refrigeration needed until the carton is opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32 oz carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — a pour-and-cook size for soups, stews, and sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile kitchen staple\u003c\/strong\u003e — works in soups, casseroles, rice, pasta, and braising liquid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added dairy or meat pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — a liquid broth base, not a ready-to-eat soup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle carton\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for everyday home cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the broth as a base for classic chicken noodle soup or chicken and rice, or cook pasta and grains in it for extra flavor. Add it to casseroles and pot pies, or use it for pan sauces, gravies, and deglazing a roasting pan. Store the unopened carton in the pantry, and refrigerate any leftover broth in a sealed container to use within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Tabatchnick\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTabatchnick is a longtime maker of shelf-stable soups and broths sold in grocery stores across the United States, known for pour-and-cook cartons that stand in for homemade stock. The brand's lineup covers a range of classic soup and broth flavors alongside this chicken broth. Find more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.tabatchnick.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003etabatchnick.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Tabatchnick Chicken Broth contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe broth is made from chicken, vegetables, and seasonings; specific allergen declarations can vary by production run, so read the printed ingredient panel on the carton you receive before use. This is a chicken-based broth, not a vegetarian product. Anyone with a food sensitivity should check the label for the most current information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Tabatchnick Chicken Broth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 32 oz carton is shelf-stable and can be kept in the pantry unopened until the date printed on the carton. Once opened, refrigerate the broth and use it within a few days for best quality. Shake or stir before pouring, since seasoning can settle toward the bottom of the carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use Tabatchnick Chicken Broth for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt works as a base for chicken noodle soup or chicken and rice, for cooking pasta or grains with extra flavor, and for casseroles, pot pies, pan sauces, and gravies. It can also be used to deglaze a roasting pan for flavorful pan drippings. One carton holds 32 oz, enough for a full pot of soup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size does Tabatchnick Chicken Broth come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis listing is a single 32 oz shelf-stable carton, sized for everyday cooking rather than a bulk case. The pour-and-cook carton format makes it easy to add broth gradually while a recipe is on the stove. Check the carton label for the full ingredient and nutrition details before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Tabatchnick Chicken Broth contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The broth is made from chicken, vegetables, and seasonings; specific allergen declarations can vary by production run, so read the printed ingredient panel on the carton you receive before use. This is a chicken-based broth, not a vegetarian product. Anyone with a food sensitivity should check the label for the most current information.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Tabatchnick Chicken Broth?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 32 oz carton is shelf-stable and can be kept in the pantry unopened until the date printed on the carton. Once opened, refrigerate the broth and use it within a few days for best quality. Shake or stir before pouring, since seasoning can settle toward the bottom of the carton.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What can I use Tabatchnick Chicken Broth for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It works as a base for chicken noodle soup or chicken and rice, for cooking pasta or grains with extra flavor, and for casseroles, pot pies, pan sauces, and gravies. It can also be used to deglaze a roasting pan for flavorful pan drippings. One carton holds 32 oz, enough for a full pot of soup.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size does Tabatchnick Chicken Broth come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This listing is a single 32 oz shelf-stable carton, sized for everyday cooking rather than a bulk case. The pour-and-cook carton format makes it easy to add broth gradually while a recipe is on the stove. Check the carton label for the full ingredient and nutrition details before use.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Tabatchnick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44745294151871,"sku":"TABATCHNICK-CHICKEN-BROTH-32OZ","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/c1_ccc375bc-ed5b-47c7-8c3b-a2c058f861c0.jpg?v=1778967081"},{"product_id":"hunts-manwich-original-sloppy-joe-sauce-15oz","title":"Hunt's Manwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce 15 oz — Classic Tomato","description":"\u003cp\u003eHunt's Manwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce is a 15 oz can of classic tomato-based Sloppy Joe sauce made with vine-ripened tomatoes. It is available as a single can or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHunt's Manwich Original: Classic Tomato Sloppy Joe Sauce\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVine-ripened tomato base\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic tangy-sweet Manwich flavor built on real tomatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e — made without artificial flavors or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady in minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e — browns with ground meat and simmers into sandwich-ready sauce fast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile protein pairing\u003c\/strong\u003e — works with ground beef, turkey, chicken, or plant-based alternatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 oz can\u003c\/strong\u003e — makes about six Sloppy Joe sandwiches per can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for regular pantry stocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrown about one pound of ground meat in a skillet, drain the fat, then stir in the full 15 oz can of Manwich Original. Bring to a simmer, cook for about five minutes stirring occasionally, and spoon over toasted hamburger buns. Store any unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry and refrigerate leftovers in a sealed container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Hunt's Manwich\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManwich Sloppy Joe Sauce has been an American pantry staple since 1969, made by Hunt's, a longtime name in canned tomato products. The Original recipe keeps the same tangy-sweet tomato flavor that many households grew up with, made for a quick, hearty weeknight dinner. Browse more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.manwich.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emanwich.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Hunt's Manwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eManwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce does not list milk, egg, soy, wheat, or tree nuts as ingredients on a standard label, but it is not certified allergen-free. Anyone with a food allergy or sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the can before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many sandwiches does one can of Manwich make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne 15 oz can of Manwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce combined with about one pound of browned ground meat makes roughly six Sloppy Joe sandwiches, according to the directions printed on the can. For a thicker sauce or fewer, heartier portions, use slightly less meat per can and simmer a few extra minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Manwich with turkey or chicken instead of beef?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Manwich Original works well with ground turkey, ground chicken, or plant-based meat alternatives in place of beef. The sauce carries the classic tangy-sweet tomato flavor, so simply brown your preferred protein, drain any excess fat, stir in the sauce, and simmer as directed on the can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size does Hunt's Manwich Original come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReal Prime Deals carries Hunt's Manwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce in a 15 oz can, available as a single can or in packs of 3 and 6 for families who make Sloppy Joes regularly or want to stock the pantry for quick weeknight dinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Hunt's Manwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Manwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce does not list milk, egg, soy, wheat, or tree nuts as ingredients on a standard label, but it is not certified allergen-free. Anyone with a food allergy or sensitivity should read the printed ingredient panel on the can before eating, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many sandwiches does one can of Manwich make?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One 15 oz can of Manwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce combined with about one pound of browned ground meat makes roughly six Sloppy Joe sandwiches, according to the directions printed on the can. For a thicker sauce or fewer, heartier portions, use slightly less meat per can and simmer a few extra minutes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Manwich with turkey or chicken instead of beef?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Manwich Original works well with ground turkey, ground chicken, or plant-based meat alternatives in place of beef. The sauce carries the classic tangy-sweet tomato flavor, so simply brown your preferred protein, drain any excess fat, stir in the sauce, and simmer as directed on the can.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size does Hunt's Manwich Original come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Real Prime Deals carries Hunt's Manwich Original Sloppy Joe Sauce in a 15 oz can, available as a single can or in packs of 3 and 6 for families who make Sloppy Joes regularly or want to stock the pantry for quick weeknight dinners.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Hunt's","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45821830889663,"sku":"HUNTS-MANWICH-ORIGINAL-15OZ-SINGLE","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45821830922431,"sku":"HUNTS-MANWICH-ORIGINAL-15OZ-PACK3","price":10.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45821830955199,"sku":"HUNTS-MANWICH-ORIGINAL-15OZ-PACK6","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/1_3158b152-9f9d-4363-a69c-6e0cd95d6ac0.png?v=1778967186"},{"product_id":"bubbies-sweet-relish-16oz-kitchen-chopped-non-gmo-gluten-free","title":"Bubbies Sweet Relish, 16 fl oz (1 PT \/ 473mL), Kitchen Chopped, Traditional Bread \u0026 Butter Recipe, Non-GMO, Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003eBubbies Sweet Relish is a 16 fl oz (473 mL) glass jar of kitchen chopped bread and butter style relish made from coarsely cut cucumbers in a tart, lightly sweet vinegar brine with celery seed, mustard seed, onion, red bell pepper, and turmeric. It is Non-GMO Project Verified, gluten free, KSA kosher, and made without preservatives, available as a single jar or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBubbies Sweet Relish: Kitchen Chopped Bread and Butter Relish Without Preservatives\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen chopped texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — coarsely cut cucumber pieces with real bite, not a fine, mushy grind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTart and not too sweet\u003c\/strong\u003e — a balanced bread and butter brine of vinegar and sugar that does not overwhelm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional spice blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — celery seed, mustard seed, onion, red bell pepper, and turmeric, the same profile as Bubbies Bread \u0026amp; Butter Chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean, simple ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — cucumbers, water, sugar, vinegar, salt, calcium chloride, and spices; no preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO, gluten free, KSA kosher\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-GMO Project Verified and made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 fl oz (473 mL) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 32 one-tablespoon servings; choose a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpoon it straight onto hot dogs, burgers, and bratwurst, or fold a tablespoon or two into egg salad, tuna salad, potato salad, and deviled egg filling. Stir it into mayonnaise with a squeeze of lemon for a quick tartar sauce, or blend it with mayo and ketchup for Thousand Island dressing. Keep the unopened jar in a cool pantry; once opened, cap tightly and refrigerate, and use a clean spoon each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bubbies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBubbies Fine Foods has been making pickles, sauerkraut, and relishes since 1982, inspired by the old-world recipes of an Eastern European Jewish grandmother, the Bubbie on every label. The brand is known for naturally fermented kosher dills made without vinegar, alongside classic vinegar-brined bread and butter pickles, and every jar is Non-GMO Project Verified and gluten free. Find more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e collections, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bubbies.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebubbies.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bubbies Sweet Relish contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBubbies Sweet Relish is made from cucumbers, water, sugar, vinegar, salt, calcium chloride, celery seed, mustard seed, onion, red bell pepper, and turmeric, with no wheat, dairy, egg, or nuts in the recipe. It is manufactured in a facility that also processes anchovy, dairy, and tree nuts, so read the printed label if you manage a food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Bubbies Sweet Relish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnopened jars are shelf stable, so keep them in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Once the seal is broken, close the lid tightly and store the jar in the refrigerator, where the relish keeps its crunch and flavor for several weeks. Always use a clean, dry spoon so nothing contaminates the brine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Bubbies Sweet Relish and Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSweet Relish follows a bread and butter recipe: cucumbers in a vinegar and sugar brine with celery seed, mustard seed, and turmeric, so it tastes tangy and lightly sweet. Kosher Dill Relish is naturally fermented in salt brine with garlic and dill, contains no vinegar and no added sugar, and tastes savory and garlicky. Both are chopped for spooning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Bubbies Sweet Relish made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis jar is a product of the USA, made by Bubbies Fine Foods, a California company that has produced pickles and relishes since 1982. Unlike the fermented Bubbies kosher dills, the Sweet Relish is a vinegar-brined relish, so it ships and stores at room temperature until opened. Every jar is Non-GMO Project Verified and gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Bubbies Sweet Relish contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Bubbies Sweet Relish is made from cucumbers, water, sugar, vinegar, salt, calcium chloride, celery seed, mustard seed, onion, red bell pepper, and turmeric, with no wheat, dairy, egg, or nuts in the recipe. It is manufactured in a facility that also processes anchovy, dairy, and tree nuts, so read the printed label if you manage a food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Bubbies Sweet Relish?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Unopened jars are shelf stable, so keep them in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Once the seal is broken, close the lid tightly and store the jar in the refrigerator, where the relish keeps its crunch and flavor for several weeks. Always use a clean, dry spoon so nothing contaminates the brine.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Bubbies Sweet Relish and Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Sweet Relish follows a bread and butter recipe: cucumbers in a vinegar and sugar brine with celery seed, mustard seed, and turmeric, so it tastes tangy and lightly sweet. Kosher Dill Relish is naturally fermented in salt brine with garlic and dill, contains no vinegar and no added sugar, and tastes savory and garlicky. Both are chopped for spooning.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Bubbies Sweet Relish made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This jar is a product of the USA, made by Bubbies Fine Foods, a California company that has produced pickles and relishes since 1982. Unlike the fermented Bubbies kosher dills, the Sweet Relish is a vinegar-brined relish, so it ships and stores at room temperature until opened. Every jar is Non-GMO Project Verified and gluten free.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Bubbies","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45668527931583,"sku":"BUBBIES-SWEET-RELISH-16OZ-SINGLE","price":11.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45668527964351,"sku":"BUBBIES-SWEET-RELISH-16OZ-PACK3","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45668527997119,"sku":"BUBBIES-SWEET-RELISH-16OZ-PACK6","price":62.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_d2ad3587-84c9-43fe-8baa-72e3876cef30.png?v=1780158023"},{"product_id":"bubbies-bread-butter-chips-33oz-non-gmo-gluten-free","title":"Bubbies Bread \u0026 Butter Chips, 33 fl oz (1.03 QT \/ 976mL), Traditional Snacking Pickle, Non-GMO, Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003eBubbies Bread \u0026amp; Butter Chips are a 33 fl oz (976 mL) glass jar of crisp sliced cucumber pickles in a classic sweet and tangy brine of artesian well water, sugar, white vinegar, onions, peppers, celery seed, mustard seed, and turmeric. They are Non-GMO Project Verified, gluten free, and OU kosher, available as a single jar or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBubbies Bread and Butter Chips: Crisp Sweet Snacking Pickles in a Family-Size Jar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional snacking pickle\u003c\/strong\u003e — sweet, tangy, and crisp, the classic bread and butter recipe Bubbies is known for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrined in artesian well water\u003c\/strong\u003e — clean-tasting brine with sugar, white vinegar, salt, onions, and peppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic spice blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — celery seed, mustard seed, and turmeric give the golden color and warm, aromatic finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliced chips\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready-cut rounds that fit burgers, sandwiches, and cheese boards without a knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO, gluten free, OU kosher\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-GMO Project Verified, made in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge 33 fl oz (976 mL) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 20 servings of six slices each; choose a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat them straight from the jar, or layer chips on burgers, pulled pork, grilled chicken, and deli sandwiches. Tuck a few slices inside a grilled cheese, chop them into potato salad, coleslaw, egg salad, or tuna salad, and set them beside aged cheddar and salami on a snack board. Store the unopened jar in a cool pantry; after opening, keep it tightly closed in the refrigerator so the chips stay crunchy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bubbies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBubbies Fine Foods has been making pickles, sauerkraut, and relishes since 1982, inspired by the old-world recipes of an Eastern European Jewish grandmother, the Bubbie on every label. The brand is known for naturally fermented kosher dills made without vinegar, alongside classic vinegar-brined bread and butter pickles, and every jar is Non-GMO Project Verified and gluten free. Find more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e collections, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bubbies.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebubbies.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ingredients are cucumbers, artesian well water, sugar, white vinegar, salt, onions, peppers, celery seed, mustard seed, turmeric, and calcium chloride, so the recipe itself contains no wheat, dairy, egg, soy, or nuts. Bubbies products are gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Read the printed jar label for the current facility statement if you have a food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight; because these chips are vinegar-brined rather than fermented, they do not need refrigeration until opened. After opening, close the lid tightly and refrigerate. Keep the chips submerged in their brine and use a clean fork so they stay crisp for weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips and Ginger Apple Bread and Butter Chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are sweet and tangy sliced bread and butter pickles with celery seed, mustard seed, and turmeric. The original chips in this 33 fl oz jar are the traditional recipe. The Ginger Apple version, sold in a 25 fl oz jar, adds real ginger and ripe apples for a warmer, fruitier flavor that pairs especially well with cheese.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis 33 fl oz jar is a product of Canada, made for Bubbies Fine Foods, the California company making pickles since 1982. The chips are not fermented; they are brined with white vinegar and sugar like a classic bread and butter pickle, which is why they stay shelf stable until opened. Every jar is OU kosher and gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The ingredients are cucumbers, artesian well water, sugar, white vinegar, salt, onions, peppers, celery seed, mustard seed, turmeric, and calcium chloride, so the recipe itself contains no wheat, dairy, egg, soy, or nuts. Bubbies products are gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Read the printed jar label for the current facility statement if you have a food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the unopened jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight; because these chips are vinegar-brined rather than fermented, they do not need refrigeration until opened. After opening, close the lid tightly and refrigerate. Keep the chips submerged in their brine and use a clean fork so they stay crisp for weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips and Ginger Apple Bread and Butter Chips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both are sweet and tangy sliced bread and butter pickles with celery seed, mustard seed, and turmeric. The original chips in this 33 fl oz jar are the traditional recipe. The Ginger Apple version, sold in a 25 fl oz jar, adds real ginger and ripe apples for a warmer, fruitier flavor that pairs especially well with cheese.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This 33 fl oz jar is a product of Canada, made for Bubbies Fine Foods, the California company making pickles since 1982. The chips are not fermented; they are brined with white vinegar and sugar like a classic bread and butter pickle, which is why they stay shelf stable until opened. Every jar is OU kosher and gluten free.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Bubbies","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45668521836735,"sku":"BUBBIES-BB-CHIPS-33OZ-SINGLE","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45668521869503,"sku":"BUBBIES-BB-CHIPS-33OZ-PACK3","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45668521902271,"sku":"BUBBIES-BB-CHIPS-33OZ-PACK6","price":82.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_64b7bf26-c1e3-4fea-85dc-b70e1c3fe534.png?v=1780158020"},{"product_id":"bubbies-sauerkraut-naturally-fermented-25oz","title":"Bubbies Sauerkraut, Naturally Fermented, Non-GMO, 25 fl oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eBubbies Sauerkraut is a 25 fl oz (750 mL) glass jar of naturally fermented sauerkraut made from just three ingredients: cabbage, artesian well water, and salt. There is no vinegar, no sugar, and no preservatives, only live cultures from traditional lacto-fermentation. It is Non-GMO Project Verified, gluten free, and OU kosher, available as a single jar or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBubbies Sauerkraut: Naturally Fermented Three-Ingredient Kraut With Live Cultures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnly three ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — cabbage, artesian well water, and salt, with nothing else on the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally fermented\u003c\/strong\u003e — traditional lacto-fermentation with naturally present cultures, not a vinegar shortcut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo sugar, vinegar, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tang comes entirely from fermentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaw with live cultures\u003c\/strong\u003e — never heat-processed, so the brine turns cloudy when shaken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO, gluten free, OU kosher\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-GMO Project Verified, prepared in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 fl oz (750 mL) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 13 quarter-cup servings; choose a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake the jar until the brine turns cloudy, then serve the kraut cold or gently warmed. Pile it on a Reuben with corned beef and Swiss, spoon it beside bratwurst, hot dogs, kielbasa, pierogi, or roast pork, or add a forkful to grain bowls and fish tacos as a tangy slaw. This is a live fermented food: keep it refrigerated at all times, before and after opening, and keep the cabbage under the brine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bubbies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBubbies Fine Foods has been making pickles, sauerkraut, and relishes since 1982, inspired by the old-world recipes of an Eastern European Jewish grandmother, the Bubbie on every label. The brand is known for naturally fermented kosher dills made without vinegar, alongside classic vinegar-brined bread and butter pickles, and every jar is Non-GMO Project Verified and gluten free. Find more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e collections, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bubbies.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebubbies.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bubbies Sauerkraut contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBubbies Sauerkraut contains only cabbage, artesian well water, and salt, so the recipe has no wheat, dairy, egg, soy, fish, or nuts, and it is labeled gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Because facility statements can change between production runs, anyone managing a food allergy should read the printed label on the jar before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bubbies Sauerkraut need to be refrigerated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, always. This sauerkraut is raw and naturally fermented with live cultures, so it must stay refrigerated from the moment you receive it until the last forkful is eaten. Cloudy brine is normal and expected; shake the jar until cloudy before serving. Keep the cabbage submerged and use a clean fork each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Bubbies Sauerkraut and canned sauerkraut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost shelf-stable sauerkraut is pasteurized or acidified with vinegar, which gives a sharp, flat sourness and no live cultures. Bubbies is fermented the old-world way in salt brine only, then kept cold and never heat-treated, so it tastes cleaner and crunchier and keeps the cultures created during fermentation. That is why it lives in the refrigerator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Bubbies Sauerkraut made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis 25 fl oz jar is prepared in Canada for Bubbies Fine Foods, the California company that has made fermented pickles and kraut since 1982. It follows the same traditional recipe as the rest of the Bubbies fermented range: cabbage, artesian well water, and salt, with no vinegar, sugar, or preservatives. The jar is OU kosher and gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Bubbies Sauerkraut contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Bubbies Sauerkraut contains only cabbage, artesian well water, and salt, so the recipe has no wheat, dairy, egg, soy, fish, or nuts, and it is labeled gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Because facility statements can change between production runs, anyone managing a food allergy should read the printed label on the jar before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Bubbies Sauerkraut need to be refrigerated?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, always. This sauerkraut is raw and naturally fermented with live cultures, so it must stay refrigerated from the moment you receive it until the last forkful is eaten. Cloudy brine is normal and expected; shake the jar until cloudy before serving. Keep the cabbage submerged and use a clean fork each time.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Bubbies Sauerkraut and canned sauerkraut?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Most shelf-stable sauerkraut is pasteurized or acidified with vinegar, which gives a sharp, flat sourness and no live cultures. Bubbies is fermented the old-world way in salt brine only, then kept cold and never heat-treated, so it tastes cleaner and crunchier and keeps the cultures created during fermentation. That is why it lives in the refrigerator.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Bubbies Sauerkraut made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This 25 fl oz jar is prepared in Canada for Bubbies Fine Foods, the California company that has made fermented pickles and kraut since 1982. It follows the same traditional recipe as the rest of the Bubbies fermented range: cabbage, artesian well water, and salt, with no vinegar, sugar, or preservatives. The jar is OU kosher and gluten free.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Bubbies","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45668513775807,"sku":"BUBBIES-SAUERKRAUT-25OZ-SINGLE","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45668513808575,"sku":"BUBBIES-SAUERKRAUT-25OZ-PACK3","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45668513841343,"sku":"BUBBIES-SAUERKRAUT-25OZ-PACK6","price":82.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_3b1a9960-5541-4788-a687-b86f3891ceb8.png?v=1780158011"},{"product_id":"bubbies-ginger-apple-bread-butter-chips-25oz-non-gmo-gluten-free","title":"Bubbies Ginger Apple Bread \u0026 Butter Chips, 25 fl oz (739mL), Snacking Pickles, Non-GMO, Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003eBubbies Ginger Apple Bread \u0026amp; Butter Chips are a 25 fl oz (739 mL) glass jar of crisp sliced cucumber pickles in a tart, subtly sweet bread and butter brine made with real ginger and ripe apples alongside celery seed, mustard seed, onion, red bell pepper, and turmeric. They are Non-GMO Project Verified, gluten free, KSA kosher, and made without preservatives, available as a single jar or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBubbies Ginger Apple Bread and Butter Chips: Sweet Pickles With Real Ginger and Apple\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal ginger and ripe apples\u003c\/strong\u003e — a warm, fruity twist on the classic bread and butter pickle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTart, subtly sweet, and crisp\u003c\/strong\u003e — the familiar sweet-tangy brine with a lively ginger finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic spice blend\u003c\/strong\u003e — celery seed, mustard seed, onion, red bell pepper, and turmeric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — cucumbers, water, sugar, apples, vinegar, ginger, salt, calcium chloride, and spices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO, gluten free, KSA kosher\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-GMO Project Verified, made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 fl oz (739 mL) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 13 one-ounce servings; choose a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnack on the chips straight from the jar, or layer them on burgers, pulled pork sandwiches, and grilled chicken. The ginger and apple notes pair especially well with sharp cheddar, gouda, and blue cheese on a snack board, and chopped chips add a bright crunch to chicken salad. Store the unopened jar in a cool pantry; after opening, close the lid tightly and refrigerate so the slices stay crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bubbies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBubbies Fine Foods has been making pickles, sauerkraut, and relishes since 1982, inspired by the old-world recipes of an Eastern European Jewish grandmother, the Bubbie on every label. The brand is known for naturally fermented kosher dills made without vinegar, alongside classic vinegar-brined bread and butter pickles, and every jar is Non-GMO Project Verified and gluten free. Find more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e collections, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bubbies.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebubbies.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Bubbies Ginger Apple Bread and Butter Chips contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe recipe is cucumbers, water, sugar, apples, vinegar, ginger, salt, calcium chloride, celery seed, mustard seed, onion, red bell pepper, and turmeric, with no wheat, dairy, egg, or nuts as ingredients. The chips are made in a facility that also processes anchovy, dairy, and tree nuts, so read the printed jar label if you manage a food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Bubbies Ginger Apple Bread and Butter Chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese are vinegar-brined pickles, not fermented ones, so an unopened jar keeps in a cool, dry pantry away from sunlight. Once opened, close the lid tightly and refrigerate; keep the slices covered by brine and use a clean fork. Stored this way they stay crunchy and flavorful for several weeks after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Ginger Apple and the original Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are sweet-tangy sliced bread and butter pickles with the same celery seed, mustard seed, and turmeric base. The Ginger Apple chips add real ginger and ripe apple to the brine, giving a warmer, fruitier flavor with a gentle ginger tingle, in a 25 fl oz jar. The original chips are the traditional recipe in a 33 fl oz jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Bubbies Ginger Apple Bread and Butter Chips made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis 25 fl oz jar is a product of the USA, made by Bubbies Fine Foods, the California pickle company founded in 1982. It is Bubbies' twist on its own bread and butter recipe, brined with vinegar and sugar rather than fermented, so it is shelf stable until opened. Every jar is KSA kosher, gluten free, and Non-GMO Project Verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Bubbies Ginger Apple Bread and Butter Chips contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The recipe is cucumbers, water, sugar, apples, vinegar, ginger, salt, calcium chloride, celery seed, mustard seed, onion, red bell pepper, and turmeric, with no wheat, dairy, egg, or nuts as ingredients. The chips are made in a facility that also processes anchovy, dairy, and tree nuts, so read the printed jar label if you manage a food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Bubbies Ginger Apple Bread and Butter Chips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These are vinegar-brined pickles, not fermented ones, so an unopened jar keeps in a cool, dry pantry away from sunlight. Once opened, close the lid tightly and refrigerate; keep the slices covered by brine and use a clean fork. Stored this way they stay crunchy and flavorful for several weeks after opening.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Ginger Apple and the original Bubbies Bread and Butter Chips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both are sweet-tangy sliced bread and butter pickles with the same celery seed, mustard seed, and turmeric base. The Ginger Apple chips add real ginger and ripe apple to the brine, giving a warmer, fruitier flavor with a gentle ginger tingle, in a 25 fl oz jar. The original chips are the traditional recipe in a 33 fl oz jar.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are Bubbies Ginger Apple Bread and Butter Chips made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This 25 fl oz jar is a product of the USA, made by Bubbies Fine Foods, the California pickle company founded in 1982. It is Bubbies' twist on its own bread and butter recipe, brined with vinegar and sugar rather than fermented, so it is shelf stable until opened. Every jar is KSA kosher, gluten free, and Non-GMO Project Verified.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Bubbies","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45668510302399,"sku":"BUBBIES-GINGERAPPLE-BB-25OZ-SINGLE","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45668510335167,"sku":"BUBBIES-GINGERAPPLE-BB-25OZ-PACK3","price":38.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45668510367935,"sku":"BUBBIES-GINGERAPPLE-BB-25OZ-PACK6","price":76.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_67637bbc-0b84-4965-a2f9-b1cb43c346fb.png?v=1780158007"},{"product_id":"frontier-soup-arizona-enchilada-soup-mix-authentic-southwest-flavor-easy-to-prepare-hearty-spicy-blend-5-75-oz","title":"Frontier Soups Soup Mix 4.25–5.75 oz – 4 Easy Meals","description":"\u003cp\u003eFrontier Soups Soup Mix is a dry soup starter available in four regional flavors — Arizona Sunset Enchilada, Connecticut Cottage Chicken Noodle, Virginia Blue Ridge Broccoli Cheddar, and Chicago Bistro French Onion — in packages from 4.25 to 5.75 oz depending on flavor. Choose a flavor as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrontier Soups Soup Mix: Four Regional Dry Soup Starters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour regional flavors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arizona Sunset Enchilada, Connecticut Cottage Chicken Noodle, Virginia Blue Ridge Broccoli Cheddar, and Chicago Bistro French Onion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage sizes from 4.25 to 5.75 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e — size varies by flavor, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServes about eight\u003c\/strong\u003e — most recipes make roughly eight servings, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLabeled gluten-free and Non-GMO\u003c\/strong\u003e — no added salt or artificial ingredients, per the package\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayered dry mix\u003c\/strong\u003e — dried vegetables, herbs, legumes, pasta, or seasonings vary by flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable as Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e — pack options per flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect a flavor and follow the recipe directions printed on its package, since each mix requires different broth and fresh ingredient additions. Add the listed ingredients, simmer for the stated time, and serve. Keep unopened bags sealed in a cool, dry pantry until you're ready to prepare them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Frontier Soups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrontier Soups is the flagship brand of family-owned Anderson House, which began in 1983 when Trisha Anderson's Eleven Bean Soup mix sold out at a local holiday market. The company continues to create regional dry soup mixes designed to give home cooks a practical shortcut to a homemade-style meal. Browse more pantry meal starters in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/andersonhousefoods.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eandersonhousefoods.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich flavors and sizes does Frontier Soups Soup Mix come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose Arizona Sunset Enchilada (5.75 oz), Connecticut Cottage Chicken Noodle (4.25 oz), Virginia Blue Ridge Broccoli Cheddar (5 oz), or Chicago Bistro French Onion (4.75 oz). Each flavor is offered as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, and the selected mix is supplied in every pack you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I prepare a Frontier Soups Soup Mix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreparation varies by flavor since each mix is a complete recipe starter. Follow the directions printed on the selected bag, add the listed fresh ingredients and broth, then simmer for the stated time. Most recipes produce about eight servings. Store unopened bags in a cool, dry pantry until you're ready to cook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Frontier Soups Soup Mixes contain gluten or other allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese four packages are labeled gluten-free and Non-GMO, with no added salt or artificial ingredients. Ingredients vary by flavor, and recipe additions such as broth, butter, cheese, or noodles can introduce allergens on their own. Review the selected package and every ingredient you add when managing dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Frontier Soups Soup Mix made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFrontier Soups Soup Mix is produced in the United States by family-owned Anderson House. For the exact manufacturing facility and any current allergen or facility-sharing notices for a specific flavor, check the printed label on the bag, since production details can vary by run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which flavors and sizes does Frontier Soups Soup Mix come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Choose Arizona Sunset Enchilada (5.75 oz), Connecticut Cottage Chicken Noodle (4.25 oz), Virginia Blue Ridge Broccoli Cheddar (5 oz), or Chicago Bistro French Onion (4.75 oz). Each flavor is offered as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, and the selected mix is supplied in every pack you order.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I prepare a Frontier Soups Soup Mix?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Preparation varies by flavor since each mix is a complete recipe starter. Follow the directions printed on the selected bag, add the listed fresh ingredients and broth, then simmer for the stated time. Most recipes produce about eight servings. Store unopened bags in a cool, dry pantry until you're ready to cook.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Frontier Soups Soup Mixes contain gluten or other allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These four packages are labeled gluten-free and Non-GMO, with no added salt or artificial ingredients. Ingredients vary by flavor, and recipe additions such as broth, butter, cheese, or noodles can introduce allergens on their own. Review the selected package and every ingredient you add when managing dietary restrictions.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Frontier Soups Soup Mix made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Frontier Soups Soup Mix is produced in the United States by family-owned Anderson House. For the exact manufacturing facility and any current allergen or facility-sharing notices for a specific flavor, check the printed label on the bag, since production details can vary by run.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Frontier Soups","offers":[{"title":"Arizona Sunset Enchilada \/ Single","offer_id":45137636032703,"sku":"FRONTIER-ARIZONASUNSETENCHILADA-575OZ-SINGLE","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Arizona Sunset Enchilada \/ Pack of 3","offer_id":45882353549503,"sku":"FRONTIER-ARIZONASUNSETENCHILADA-575OZ-PACK3","price":40.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Arizona Sunset Enchilada \/ Pack of 6","offer_id":45882353582271,"sku":"FRONTIER-ARIZONASUNSETENCHILADA-575OZ-PACK6","price":78.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Connecticut Cottage Chicken Noodle \/ Single","offer_id":45882353615039,"sku":"FRONTIER-CONNECTICUTCOTTAGECHICKE-425OZ-SINGLE","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Connecticut Cottage Chicken Noodle \/ Pack of 3","offer_id":45882353647807,"sku":"FRONTIER-CONNECTICUTCOTTAGECHICKE-425OZ-PACK3","price":40.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Connecticut Cottage Chicken Noodle \/ Pack of 6","offer_id":45882353680575,"sku":"FRONTIER-CONNECTICUTCOTTAGECHICKE-425OZ-PACK6","price":78.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Virginia Blue Ridge Broccoli Cheddar \/ Single","offer_id":45882353713343,"sku":"FRONTIER-VIRGINIABLUERIDGEBROCCOL-5OZ-SINGLE","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Virginia Blue Ridge Broccoli Cheddar \/ Pack of 3","offer_id":45882353746111,"sku":"FRONTIER-VIRGINIABLUERIDGEBROCCOL-5OZ-PACK3","price":40.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Virginia Blue Ridge Broccoli Cheddar \/ Pack of 6","offer_id":45882353778879,"sku":"FRONTIER-VIRGINIABLUERIDGEBROCCOL-5OZ-PACK6","price":78.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chicago Bistro French Onion \/ Single","offer_id":45882353811647,"sku":"FRONTIER-CHICAGOBISTROFRENCHONION-475OZ-SINGLE","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chicago Bistro French Onion \/ Pack of 3","offer_id":45882353844415,"sku":"FRONTIER-CHICAGOBISTROFRENCHONION-475OZ-PACK3","price":40.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chicago Bistro French Onion \/ Pack of 6","offer_id":45882353877183,"sku":"FRONTIER-CHICAGOBISTROFRENCHONION-475OZ-PACK6","price":78.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje2_20207d0e-8f20-4ac8-9dd5-57d0f5583b0f.jpg?v=1778967407"},{"product_id":"season-sardine-olive-oil-fillets","title":"Season Sardine Fillets in 100% Olive Oil, Skinless \u0026 Boneless, Wild Caught, 4.375 oz (124g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSeason Sardine Fillets in 100% Olive Oil is a 4.375 oz (124 g) tin of wild-caught sardine fillets that are skinless and boneless, packed in pure olive oil and ready to eat. Each serving provides 22 g of protein and is naturally high in omega-3 fatty acids, and the tin is certified Kosher OU Pareve and keto-friendly. Available as a single tin or a Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason Skinless and Boneless Sardine Fillets: Wild-Caught Fillets in 100% Olive Oil\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkinless and boneless fillets\u003c\/strong\u003e — trimmed sardine fillets with a mild, clean taste and no prep needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked in 100 percent olive oil\u003c\/strong\u003e — the oil keeps the fillets moist and can be used in the dish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWild caught\u003c\/strong\u003e — sardines from wild fisheries, not farmed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22 g protein per serving\u003c\/strong\u003e — a ready-to-eat protein with omega-3 fatty acids and no added carbohydrates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher OU Pareve\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified kosher and keto-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single 4.375 oz (124 g) tin or Pack of 6 for the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the tin and lift the fillets out whole; they hold their shape well, so they work on crackers, toast, and salads without breaking apart. Toss them into warm pasta with garlic and lemon, fold them into a grain bowl, or mash them with a little mustard for a quick sandwich filling. Store unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry. After opening, refrigerate leftovers in a covered container and use within two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Season\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeason has been packing canned seafood since 1921 and is one of the best-known sardine brands in the United States, with a range that includes whole sardines in olive oil, fillets, and sardines in water. The brand focuses on wild-caught fish, kosher certification, and simple ingredient lists. Browse more tinned fish in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-fish-seafood\"\u003eCanned Fish \u0026amp; Seafood\u003c\/a\u003e collection or shop the wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e range. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.seasonbrand.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eseasonbrand.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Season Sardine Fillets in Olive Oil contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This product contains fish (sardines), which is one of the major food allergens. The core ingredients are sardine fillets, olive oil, and salt. If you have a fish or shellfish allergy or need to confirm facility notices, read the printed ingredient panel on the tin before eating, because packaging and ingredient details can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and serve Season skinless and boneless sardine fillets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry away from heat; they keep until the date printed on the can. Serve the fillets straight from the tin on crackers, toast, or salad, or warm them briefly in pasta. Once opened, move leftovers to a covered container in the refrigerator and use them within two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Season Sardine Fillets and Season whole sardines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fillets are skinless and boneless, so they have a milder flavor and a softer, cleaner texture that suits people new to sardines. Season whole sardines keep the skin and soft edible bones, which adds calcium and a stronger sardine taste. Both are wild caught, kosher, and provide 22 g of protein per serving in a similar 4.4 oz tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes and pack options are available for Season sardine fillets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSeason Sardine Fillets in 100% Olive Oil comes in a 4.375 oz (124 g) tin with a pull-tab lid. We offer it as a single tin or as a Pack of 6 for keeping several on hand. One tin is a full serving for a light meal, or enough for two people as an appetizer on crackers with lemon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Season Sardine Fillets in Olive Oil contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This product contains fish (sardines), which is one of the major food allergens. The core ingredients are sardine fillets, olive oil, and salt. If you have a fish or shellfish allergy or need to confirm facility notices, read the printed ingredient panel on the tin before eating, because packaging and ingredient details can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and serve Season skinless and boneless sardine fillets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry away from heat; they keep until the date printed on the can. Serve the fillets straight from the tin on crackers, toast, or salad, or warm them briefly in pasta. Once opened, move leftovers to a covered container in the refrigerator and use them within two days.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Season Sardine Fillets and Season whole sardines?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The fillets are skinless and boneless, so they have a milder flavor and a softer, cleaner texture that suits people new to sardines. Season whole sardines keep the skin and soft edible bones, which adds calcium and a stronger sardine taste. Both are wild caught, kosher, and provide 22 g of protein per serving in a similar 4.4 oz tin.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sizes and pack options are available for Season sardine fillets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Season Sardine Fillets in 100% Olive Oil comes in a 4.375 oz (124 g) tin with a pull-tab lid. We offer it as a single tin or as a Pack of 6 for keeping several on hand. One tin is a full serving for a light meal, or enough for two people as an appetizer on crackers with lemon.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Season","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45552912728255,"sku":"SEASON-SARDINES-OO-SKINLESS-4375OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45552912761023,"sku":"SEASON-SARDINES-OO-SKINLESS-4375OZ-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_1654e971-4624-467d-9c9e-45a56d041658.png?v=1778969885"},{"product_id":"season-sardines-in-water-no-salt-added-bone-in-wild-caught-4-375-oz","title":"Season Sardines in Water, No Salt Added, Bone-In with Skin, Wild Caught, 4.375 oz (124g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSeason Sardines in Water, No Salt Added, is a 4.375 oz (124 g) tin of wild-caught sardines packed whole, bone-in with skin, in plain water with no salt added. It is available as a single tin or in a Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason Sardines in Water: No Salt Added, Bone-In, Wild Caught Sardines\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo salt added\u003c\/strong\u003e — packed in water only, so you control the seasoning and the sodium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBone-in with skin\u003c\/strong\u003e — whole sardines with soft, edible bones and skin, the traditional style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWild caught and certified sustainable\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from wild fisheries under a sustainability certification shown on the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOmega-3 source\u003c\/strong\u003e — the label lists 1.19 g of omega-3 fatty acids per 3 oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher OU Pareve\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified by the Orthodox Union\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.375 oz (124 g) tin\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold as a Single or in a Pack of 6 for the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the tin, drain the water, and eat the sardines as they are with lemon, cracked pepper, and a little olive oil, since no salt is added. They hold together well on toast with mustard or mashed with avocado, and they can be flaked into pasta, rice, grain bowls, or a green salad. Because the fish is unsalted, they take seasoning well in cooked dishes like tomato sauce or fried rice. Store unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry. Once opened, move leftovers to a covered non-metal container, refrigerate, and use within two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Season\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeason has been packing canned seafood since 1921 and is one of the oldest sardine brands sold in the United States. The line covers sardines in water, olive oil, and sauces, plus mackerel and other tinned fish, most of it certified kosher. Season's sardines are wild caught and carry a sustainability certification on the tin. Explore more tinned fish in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-fish-seafood\"\u003eCanned Fish \u0026amp; Seafood\u003c\/a\u003e collection or the wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e range. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.seasonbrand.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eseasonbrand.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Season Sardines in Water contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they contain fish, which is one of the major allergens. The tin holds sardines and water only, with no salt or other ingredients added, so there is no wheat, soy, dairy, or nuts in the recipe. Anyone with a seafood allergy should avoid the product, and everyone should check the printed label for the current ingredient statement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and serve Season Sardines in Water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry and use them by the best-by date. Once opened, drain and serve straight away, or transfer leftovers to a covered glass or plastic container in the refrigerator and eat within two days. Because no salt is added, season to taste with lemon, pepper, hot sauce, or olive oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Season Sardines in Water and Season Sardines in Olive Oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth tins hold whole, bone-in, skin-on wild-caught sardines from Season. The water version has no salt added and a lighter, cleaner taste, which suits anyone limiting sodium or planning to season the fish themselves. The olive oil version is packed in 100 percent olive oil with salt, so it is richer and ready to eat as is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes and pack options are available for Season Sardines in Water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReal Prime Deals carries the standard 4.375 oz (124 g) tin, which is the size sold in US grocery stores, as a Single or a Pack of 6. Each tin is one serving-size portion of whole sardines packed in water. Buying the 6-pack is the easy way to keep a shelf-stable protein on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Season Sardines in Water contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, they contain fish, which is one of the major allergens. The tin holds sardines and water only, with no salt or other ingredients added, so there is no wheat, soy, dairy, or nuts in the recipe. Anyone with a seafood allergy should avoid the product, and everyone should check the printed label for the current ingredient statement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and serve Season Sardines in Water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry and use them by the best-by date. Once opened, drain and serve straight away, or transfer leftovers to a covered glass or plastic container in the refrigerator and eat within two days. Because no salt is added, season to taste with lemon, pepper, hot sauce, or olive oil.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Season Sardines in Water and Season Sardines in Olive Oil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both tins hold whole, bone-in, skin-on wild-caught sardines from Season. The water version has no salt added and a lighter, cleaner taste, which suits anyone limiting sodium or planning to season the fish themselves. The olive oil version is packed in 100 percent olive oil with salt, so it is richer and ready to eat as is.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sizes and pack options are available for Season Sardines in Water?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Real Prime Deals carries the standard 4.375 oz (124 g) tin, which is the size sold in US grocery stores, as a Single or a Pack of 6. Each tin is one serving-size portion of whole sardines packed in water. Buying the 6-pack is the easy way to keep a shelf-stable protein on hand.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Season","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45552776577215,"sku":"SEASON-SARDINES-WATER-NOSALT-4375OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45552776609983,"sku":"SEASON-SARDINES-WATER-NOSALT-4375OZ-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_ced2d273-4fdc-4127-a1e2-02e9a06628da.png?v=1778969881"},{"product_id":"mutti-finely-chopped-tomatoes-premium-italian-tomatoes-ready-for-sauces-and-cooking-400g-cans-pack-of-12","title":"Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes 400g – Premium Italian Canned Tomatoes","description":"\u003cp\u003eMutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes is a 14.1 oz (400 g) can of Italian tomatoes cut into a fine, uniform dice that cooks down quickly into a smooth sauce base. It is available as a Single can or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes: Fine-Cut Italian Tomatoes for Fast Sauces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinely chopped Italian tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — cut small and uniform so the pieces break down fast into a smooth sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — just tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, with no artificial additives listed on the can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14.1 oz (400 g) can\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard European can size, a bit larger than the 14 oz Mutti cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan and gluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits plant-based and gluten-free cooking without substitution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady for quick sauces\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fine texture needs little simmering time compared to whole or diced tomatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePour the can into a saucepan with olive oil and garlic and simmer 10 to 15 minutes for a quick pasta sauce, or add it straight into soups, stews, shakshuka, and casseroles. Because the tomatoes are already finely cut, they blend into a smooth sauce faster than whole or diced tomatoes. Store an unopened can in a cool, dry pantry, and move any leftover contents to a sealed container in the refrigerator, using it within 3 to 5 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mutti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMutti has grown and canned Italian tomatoes since 1899, and the family-run company is still based in Parma, in Italy's tomato-growing region. Mutti tomatoes are grown from seed under contract with Italian farmers and canned close to harvest to lock in flavor, and the brand is one of the best-known tomato brands in Italy and across Europe. Browse more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mutti-parma.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emutti-parma.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes are made from tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, and tomatoes are not one of the major food allergens. The can does not list milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nut ingredients, but anyone with a specific allergy should read the printed label on the can before using it, since ingredient lists can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store an opened can of Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMove any tomatoes you do not use right away into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate them, using them within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor. An unopened can keeps well in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the bottom of the can. Avoid leaving opened tomatoes in the original can once refrigerated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes and Mutti Polpa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFinely Chopped Tomatoes are cut into small, uniform pieces that break down quickly into a smooth sauce, which suits fast weeknight pasta sauces and soups. Mutti Polpa (Crushed Tomatoes) has larger, chunkier pieces and more body, so it holds texture longer in a simmered sauce. Both are made from the same quality Italian tomatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mutti is an Italian company based in Parma, and its tomatoes are grown and canned in Italy before being shipped to the US and Canada. This 14.1 oz (400 g) can is the same product sold in Italian and European grocery stores, not a US-reformulated version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes are made from tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, and tomatoes are not one of the major food allergens. The can does not list milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nut ingredients, but anyone with a specific allergy should read the printed label on the can before using it, since ingredient lists can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store an opened can of Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Move any tomatoes you do not use right away into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate them, using them within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor. An unopened can keeps well in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the bottom of the can. Avoid leaving opened tomatoes in the original can once refrigerated.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes and Mutti Polpa?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Finely Chopped Tomatoes are cut into small, uniform pieces that break down quickly into a smooth sauce, which suits fast weeknight pasta sauces and soups. Mutti Polpa (Crushed Tomatoes) has larger, chunkier pieces and more body, so it holds texture longer in a simmered sauce. Both are made from the same quality Italian tomatoes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mutti Finely Chopped Tomatoes imported from Italy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Mutti is an Italian company based in Parma, and its tomatoes are grown and canned in Italy before being shipped to the US and Canada. This 14.1 oz (400 g) can is the same product sold in Italian and European grocery stores, not a US-reformulated version.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mutti","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45174422831295,"sku":"MUTTI-FINELYCHOPPED-400G-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778395201727,"sku":"MUTTI-FINELYCHOPPED-400G-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778395234495,"sku":"MUTTI-FINELYCHOPPED-400G-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/b_a71330d1-e444-4949-8e80-2474886db05c.jpg?v=1778967665"},{"product_id":"mutti-crushed-tomatoes-polpa-premium-italian-canned-tomatoes-fresh-taste-for-sauces-and-cooking-vegan-gluten-free-14-oz-cans-pack-of-12","title":"Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) 14 oz – Premium Italian Canned Tomatoes, Vegan \u0026 Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003eMutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) is a 14 oz can of Italian tomatoes crushed to a texture between smooth puree and chunky diced tomatoes, naturally vegan and gluten-free. It is available as a Single can or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMutti Polpa Crushed Tomatoes: Body and Texture for Hearty Sauces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrushed tomato texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — a mix of small pieces and puree that gives sauces body without needing a blender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally vegan and gluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — made only from tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt with no animal or gluten ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — a short ingredient list without artificial additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 oz can\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard can size for everyday pasta sauce and soup recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds up in long simmers\u003c\/strong\u003e — the crushed pieces keep some texture even after 30 minutes or more on the stove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimmer the can with olive oil, garlic, and onion for a rustic pasta sauce, or add it to soups, stews, chili, and braises where you want body without pureeing. The crushed texture also works well spooned over pizza dough as a base sauce. Store an unopened can in a cool, dry pantry, and refrigerate any leftover contents in a sealed container, using them within 3 to 5 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mutti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMutti has grown and canned Italian tomatoes since 1899, and the family-run company is still based in Parma, in Italy's tomato-growing region. Mutti tomatoes are grown from seed under contract with Italian farmers and canned close to harvest to lock in flavor, and the brand is one of the best-known tomato brands in Italy and across Europe. Browse more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mutti-parma.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emutti-parma.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMutti Crushed Tomatoes are made from tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, and tomatoes are not one of the major food allergens tracked on US labels. The can's ingredient list does not include milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nuts, but anyone with a specific sensitivity should read the printed label before cooking with it, since details can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does opened Mutti Polpa keep in the refrigerator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnce opened, move any unused Polpa into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate it, using it within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor and texture. An unopened can stores well in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the can. Do not leave leftover tomatoes sitting in the open can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Mutti Polpa tomatoes good for pizza sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolpa works as a simple pizza sauce base once simmered down briefly with olive oil and salt, giving a slightly rustic, fresh tomato character. For a completely smooth pizza sauce with no visible pieces, a strained tomato puree is the more traditional choice, but many home cooks use Polpa successfully for a heartier crust topping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mutti is based in Parma, Italy, and grows and cans its tomatoes there before shipping to the US and Canada. This 14 oz can is the same Polpa recipe sold across Italy and Europe, made from vine-ripened Italian tomatoes rather than a US-market reformulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mutti Crushed Tomatoes are made from tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, and tomatoes are not one of the major food allergens tracked on US labels. The can's ingredient list does not include milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nuts, but anyone with a specific sensitivity should read the printed label before cooking with it, since details can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long does opened Mutti Polpa keep in the refrigerator?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Once opened, move any unused Polpa into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate it, using it within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor and texture. An unopened can stores well in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the can. Do not leave leftover tomatoes sitting in the open can.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are Mutti Polpa tomatoes good for pizza sauce?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Polpa works as a simple pizza sauce base once simmered down briefly with olive oil and salt, giving a slightly rustic, fresh tomato character. For a completely smooth pizza sauce with no visible pieces, a strained tomato puree is the more traditional choice, but many home cooks use Polpa successfully for a heartier crust topping.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) imported from Italy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Mutti is based in Parma, Italy, and grows and cans its tomatoes there before shipping to the US and Canada. This 14 oz can is the same Polpa recipe sold across Italy and Europe, made from vine-ripened Italian tomatoes rather than a US-market reformulation.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mutti","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45174579560639,"sku":"MUTTI-POLPA2-14OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778408997055,"sku":"MUTTI-POLPA2-14OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778409029823,"sku":"MUTTI-POLPA2-14OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/yeniproje2_ed37b296-c7a5-418b-95eb-6509b1bfa136.jpg?v=1778967670"},{"product_id":"mutti-crushed-tomatoes-polpa-premium-italian-canned-tomatoes-fresh-cooking-flavor-vegan-gluten-free-no-additives-14-oz-can","title":"Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) 14 oz – Premium Italian Canned Tomatoes","description":"\u003cp\u003eMutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) is a 14 oz can of Italian tomatoes crushed to a texture between smooth sauce and chunky pieces, made only from tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt. It is available as a Single can or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMutti Polpa: Crushed Italian Tomatoes With Real Texture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrushed tomato pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e — small chunks suspended in tomato puree, giving sauces texture without extra chopping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShort ingredient list\u003c\/strong\u003e — just tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, with no listed artificial additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 oz can\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard can size sized for everyday pasta sauce, soup, and stew recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally vegan and gluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits plant-based and gluten-free meal planning without substitution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile base\u003c\/strong\u003e — works in Italian, Italian-American, and Mediterranean-style dishes alike\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimmer the can with garlic, onion, and olive oil for a quick weeknight pasta sauce, or stir it into soups, stews, and braises for extra body. It also works well as a base for chili or shakshuka. Keep an unopened can in a cool, dry pantry, and once opened, transfer leftovers to a sealed container in the refrigerator and use within 3 to 5 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mutti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMutti has grown and canned Italian tomatoes since 1899, and the family-run company is still based in Parma, in Italy's tomato-growing region. Mutti tomatoes are grown from seed under contract with Italian farmers and canned close to harvest to lock in flavor, and the brand is one of the best-known tomato brands in Italy and across Europe. Browse more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mutti-parma.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emutti-parma.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ingredient list is tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, and tomatoes are not one of the major allergens tracked on US food labels. No milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nut ingredients are listed on the can. Anyone with a specific food allergy should still read the printed label before cooking, since ingredient details can vary between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store leftover Mutti Polpa after opening the can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMove any tomatoes you do not use into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate them, aiming to use them within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor. An unopened can keeps well at room temperature in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Mutti Polpa and Mutti Passata?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolpa (Crushed Tomatoes) keeps small tomato pieces suspended in puree, giving sauces some body and texture. Mutti Passata is strained smooth with no pieces at all, which suits silky sauces where a fully pureed texture is wanted. Both start from the same quality Italian tomatoes; the difference is how finely they are processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mutti grows and cans its tomatoes in and around Parma, Italy, and ships the finished cans to the US and Canada. This 14 oz Polpa is the same recipe found on Italian grocery shelves, not a version reformulated for the US market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The ingredient list is tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, and tomatoes are not one of the major allergens tracked on US food labels. No milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nut ingredients are listed on the can. Anyone with a specific food allergy should still read the printed label before cooking, since ingredient details can vary between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store leftover Mutti Polpa after opening the can?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Move any tomatoes you do not use into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate them, aiming to use them within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor. An unopened can keeps well at room temperature in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the can.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Mutti Polpa and Mutti Passata?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Polpa (Crushed Tomatoes) keeps small tomato pieces suspended in puree, giving sauces some body and texture. Mutti Passata is strained smooth with no pieces at all, which suits silky sauces where a fully pureed texture is wanted. Both start from the same quality Italian tomatoes; the difference is how finely they are processed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mutti Crushed Tomatoes (Polpa) imported from Italy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Mutti grows and cans its tomatoes in and around Parma, Italy, and ships the finished cans to the US and Canada. This 14 oz Polpa is the same recipe found on Italian grocery shelves, not a version reformulated for the US market.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mutti","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45174605578431,"sku":"MUTTI-POLPA-14OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778395300031,"sku":"MUTTI-POLPA-14OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778395332799,"sku":"MUTTI-POLPA-14OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_6c57b07e-7312-4ed5-ad6a-f5889132c4ce.jpg?v=1778967676"},{"product_id":"mutti-cherry-tomatoes-premium-whole-italian-cherry-tomatoes-naturally-sweet-ideal-for-sauces-and-mediterranean-cooking-14-oz-cans-pack-of-12","title":"Mutti Cherry Tomatoes 14 oz – Premium Whole Italian Cherry Tomatoes","description":"\u003cp\u003eMutti Cherry Tomatoes is a 14 oz can of whole Italian cherry tomatoes packed in tomato juice, chosen to hold their shape through cooking. It is available as a Single can or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMutti Cherry Tomatoes: Whole Italian Tomatoes Packed in Their Own Juice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole cherry tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — small, whole tomatoes rather than crushed or diced pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked in tomato juice\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tomatoes sit in their own juice rather than a heavy sauce or brine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds shape during cooking\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tomatoes stay mostly intact through a simmer, unlike softer diced tomatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 oz can\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard can size for pasta, seafood, and roasted vegetable dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally vegan and gluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from tomatoes and tomato juice with no animal or gluten ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the tomatoes gently in olive oil and garlic for a pasta sauce, or add them whole to seafood dishes such as shrimp or clam sauce, roasted vegetable trays, or bruschetta toppings, breaking them up with a spoon as much or as little as you like. Store an unopened can in a cool, dry pantry, and once opened, move leftovers to a sealed container in the refrigerator and use within 3 to 5 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mutti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMutti has grown and canned Italian tomatoes since 1899, and the family-run company is still based in Parma, in Italy's tomato-growing region. Mutti tomatoes are grown from seed under contract with Italian farmers and canned close to harvest to lock in flavor, and the brand is one of the best-known tomato brands in Italy and across Europe. Browse more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mutti-parma.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emutti-parma.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mutti Cherry Tomatoes contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMutti Cherry Tomatoes are made from whole tomatoes packed in tomato juice, and tomatoes are not one of the major allergens tracked on US labels. The can does not list milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nut ingredients, but anyone with a specific sensitivity should read the printed label before eating, since details can vary between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store opened Mutti Cherry Tomatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTransfer any unused tomatoes and their juice into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate, using them within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor and texture. An unopened can keeps well in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat dishes work best with Mutti Cherry Tomatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause the tomatoes stay whole, they work well in pasta sauces where you want visible tomato pieces, seafood dishes like shrimp or clam sauce, roasted vegetable trays, and bruschetta toppings. Break them up with a spoon for a chunkier sauce, or leave them whole for a more rustic presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mutti Cherry Tomatoes imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mutti grows and cans its tomatoes in Parma, Italy, and ships the finished product to the US and Canada. This 14 oz can of whole cherry tomatoes is the same product sold in Italian and European grocery stores, not a US-market reformulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mutti Cherry Tomatoes contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mutti Cherry Tomatoes are made from whole tomatoes packed in tomato juice, and tomatoes are not one of the major allergens tracked on US labels. The can does not list milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nut ingredients, but anyone with a specific sensitivity should read the printed label before eating, since details can vary between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store opened Mutti Cherry Tomatoes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Transfer any unused tomatoes and their juice into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate, using them within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor and texture. An unopened can keeps well in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the can.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What dishes work best with Mutti Cherry Tomatoes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because the tomatoes stay whole, they work well in pasta sauces where you want visible tomato pieces, seafood dishes like shrimp or clam sauce, roasted vegetable trays, and bruschetta toppings. Break them up with a spoon for a chunkier sauce, or leave them whole for a more rustic presentation.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mutti Cherry Tomatoes imported from Italy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Mutti grows and cans its tomatoes in Parma, Italy, and ships the finished product to the US and Canada. This 14 oz can of whole cherry tomatoes is the same product sold in Italian and European grocery stores, not a US-market reformulation.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mutti","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45174633038015,"sku":"MUTTI-CHERRYTOM-14OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778395365567,"sku":"MUTTI-CHERRYTOM-14OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778395398335,"sku":"MUTTI-CHERRYTOM-14OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_18ccb97c-e1c1-4a9e-88af-afb1c351bc39.jpg?v=1778967681"},{"product_id":"ba-tampte-pickled-tomatoes-32oz","title":"Ba-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes, Whole Vine-Ripened, 32 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eBa-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes are whole vine-ripened tomatoes cured in a garlic and spice brine, sold in a 32 fl oz (946 mL) refrigerated jar as a Single or a Pack of 3 and shipped fast from New Jersey. They are the classic New York deli-style pickled tomato, kosher certified and ready to eat from the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBa-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes: Whole Garlic-Brined Deli Tomatoes in a 32 oz Jar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole vine-ripened tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — firm, juicy tomatoes pickled whole, not chopped or crushed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic and spice brine\u003c\/strong\u003e — a savory, tangy brine in the old-world deli style, with visible garlic and spices in the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefrigerated, not shelf-stable\u003c\/strong\u003e — kept cold from the packer to your fridge, which preserves the crisp texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady to eat\u003c\/strong\u003e — no soaking or preparation, just slice or serve whole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — the certification mark is printed on the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32 fl oz (946 mL) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — a family-size jar, available as a Single or a Pack of 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the jar refrigerated before and after opening. Slice a tomato into wedges and serve it alongside a pastrami or corned beef sandwich, on a burger, or with a cheese and cured meat board. Chopped, the tomatoes add a garlicky, sour bite to salads, grain bowls, and tuna salad, and the brine can be used to season dressings or a Bloody Mary. Always use a clean fork to remove tomatoes and keep them submerged in brine. Use within a few weeks of opening for the best texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ba-Tampte\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBa-Tampte, whose name means \"tasty\" in Yiddish, is a Brooklyn, New York pickle company that has supplied delis and grocery stores in the Northeast for decades. The brand is known for refrigerated, garlic-forward half-sour and full-sour pickles, sauerkraut, and pickled tomatoes made in the traditional Jewish deli style. Find more jarred and pickled foods in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.batampte.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebatampte.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Ba-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe jar holds tomatoes, water, salt, garlic, and pickling spices, so none of the major allergens such as wheat, dairy, soy, egg, nuts, or fish are part of the recipe. Ingredients and spice blends can change between production runs, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient list on the jar before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Ba-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are a refrigerated product. Keep the jar in the fridge before and after opening, and use a clean fork so the brine stays fresh. Keep the tomatoes covered in brine and close the lid tightly. Once opened, they keep for several weeks in the refrigerator, though the texture is best in the first couple of weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do Ba-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes taste like compared with pickles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are sour and garlicky like a full-sour deli pickle, but the tomato adds a juicy, slightly sweet center and a softer texture than a cucumber. Each tomato is pickled whole in a brine with garlic and spices, so the flavor runs through the flesh. Serve them sliced with sandwiches the way New York delis do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Ba-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBa-Tampte is a Brooklyn, New York pickle company, and its pickled tomatoes are made in the United States in the traditional Jewish deli style. Real Prime Deals stocks the 32 fl oz (946 mL) refrigerated jar as a Single or a Pack of 3, so you can keep a spare jar on hand for sandwiches and boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Ba-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The jar holds tomatoes, water, salt, garlic, and pickling spices, so none of the major allergens such as wheat, dairy, soy, egg, nuts, or fish are part of the recipe. Ingredients and spice blends can change between production runs, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient list on the jar before serving.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Ba-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are a refrigerated product. Keep the jar in the fridge before and after opening, and use a clean fork so the brine stays fresh. Keep the tomatoes covered in brine and close the lid tightly. Once opened, they keep for several weeks in the refrigerator, though the texture is best in the first couple of weeks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What do Ba-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes taste like compared with pickles?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are sour and garlicky like a full-sour deli pickle, but the tomato adds a juicy, slightly sweet center and a softer texture than a cucumber. Each tomato is pickled whole in a brine with garlic and spices, so the flavor runs through the flesh. Serve them sliced with sandwiches the way New York delis do.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are Ba-Tampte Pickled Tomatoes made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Ba-Tampte is a Brooklyn, New York pickle company, and its pickled tomatoes are made in the United States in the traditional Jewish deli style. Real Prime Deals stocks the 32 fl oz (946 mL) refrigerated jar as a Single or a Pack of 3, so you can keep a spare jar on hand for sandwiches and boards.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Ba-Tampte","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45180593045695,"sku":"BATAMPTE-PICKLEDTOM-32OZ-SINGLE","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45798357041343,"sku":"BATAMPTE-PICKLEDTOM-32OZ-PACK3","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_e2cb3c2e-9f6b-4485-b013-c3d2e6619150.png?v=1778970169"},{"product_id":"garofalo-pappardelle-no-1-35-durum-wheat-semolina-16oz","title":"Garofalo Pappardelle No. 1-35, La Pasta di Gragnano, 100% Durum Wheat Semolina, 16 oz (454g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eGarofalo Pappardelle No. 1-35 is a 16 oz (454 g) bag of wide ribbon pasta made in Gragnano, near Naples, from a single ingredient: 100 percent durum wheat semolina. The pasta is bronze-drawn for a rough surface that grips sauce and cooks in about 8 minutes to a firm al dente bite. It is a product of Italy, available as a single bag or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarofalo Pappardelle: Bronze-Drawn Gragnano Pasta From 100 Percent Durum Wheat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLa Pasta di Gragnano\u003c\/strong\u003e — made in Gragnano, the historic pasta town near Naples, by Pastificio Garofalo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne ingredient\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100 percent durum wheat semolina, nothing else\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBronze-drawn\u003c\/strong\u003e — the rough, porous surface holds ragu, mushroom, and butter sauces far better than smooth pasta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide pappardelle ribbons\u003c\/strong\u003e — shape No. 1-35, coiled into nests that unwind in the pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout 8 minutes to al dente\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm bite; 2 nests (56 g) per serving, 8 servings per bag, 210 calories per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 oz (454 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — choose a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of water to a rolling boil, salt it generously, and drop in the nests. Stir once so they unwind, cook about 8 minutes, then taste for a firm al dente bite. Drain, saving a cup of pasta water, and toss the ribbons with slow-cooked beef or wild boar ragu, braised lamb, mushroom and truffle cream, brown butter and sage, or gorgonzola and walnut, loosening with the reserved water. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry and reseal after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Garofalo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarofalo has made pasta in Gragnano, the small town near Naples known as the home of Italian dried pasta, since 1789. The company uses 100 percent durum wheat semolina, bronze dies, and slow drying, and its Pasta di Gragnano carries the PGI mark that protects the town's traditional method. Since 2014 Garofalo has been part of the Spanish food group Ebro Foods, which distributes it across Europe and North America. Browse more shapes in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection or find pantry staples in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e, and learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.pasta-garofalo.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003epasta-garofalo.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Garofalo Pappardelle contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, so this pasta contains wheat and gluten and is not suitable for a celiac or gluten-free diet. It contains no egg, dairy, soy, or nuts as ingredients. Because facility statements can change between production runs, read the printed allergen panel on the bag if you manage a food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long do I cook Garofalo Pappardelle and how should I store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCook the nests in plenty of well-salted boiling water for about 8 minutes, tasting a minute early for a firm al dente bite; Gragnano pasta takes a little longer than mass-market brands. Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from moisture, and reseal or transfer leftovers to an airtight container after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does bronze-drawn mean and why does it matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBronze-drawn pasta is pushed through traditional bronze dies instead of smooth Teflon ones, which leaves a rough, slightly chalky surface. That texture soaks up starch and grips sauce, so a hearty ragu or mushroom cream clings to every ribbon instead of sliding off. It also gives the pasta a firmer, more satisfying chew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Garofalo Pappardelle imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is the authentic Italian bag made by Pastificio Garofalo in Gragnano, near Naples, where the company has produced pasta since 1789, and the label reads Product of Italy. The 16 oz (454 g) bag holds coiled pappardelle nests made from 100 percent durum wheat semolina, the same pasta sold in Italian shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Garofalo Pappardelle contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The only ingredient is durum wheat semolina, so this pasta contains wheat and gluten and is not suitable for a celiac or gluten-free diet. It contains no egg, dairy, soy, or nuts as ingredients. Because facility statements can change between production runs, read the printed allergen panel on the bag if you manage a food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long do I cook Garofalo Pappardelle and how should I store it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Cook the nests in plenty of well-salted boiling water for about 8 minutes, tasting a minute early for a firm al dente bite; Gragnano pasta takes a little longer than mass-market brands. Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry away from moisture, and reseal or transfer leftovers to an airtight container after opening.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does bronze-drawn mean and why does it matter?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Bronze-drawn pasta is pushed through traditional bronze dies instead of smooth Teflon ones, which leaves a rough, slightly chalky surface. That texture soaks up starch and grips sauce, so a hearty ragu or mushroom cream clings to every ribbon instead of sliding off. It also gives the pasta a firmer, more satisfying chew.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Garofalo Pappardelle imported from Italy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This is the authentic Italian bag made by Pastificio Garofalo in Gragnano, near Naples, where the company has produced pasta since 1789, and the label reads Product of Italy. The 16 oz (454 g) bag holds coiled pappardelle nests made from 100 percent durum wheat semolina, the same pasta sold in Italian shops.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Garofalo","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45608842985663,"sku":"GAROFALO-PAPPARDELLE-135-16OZ-SINGLE","price":6.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45608843018431,"sku":"GAROFALO-PAPPARDELLE-135-16OZ-PACK3","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45608843051199,"sku":"GAROFALO-PAPPARDELLE-135-16OZ-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_d6098485-fc74-43f7-afdc-81e5f40b9037.png?v=1778970314"},{"product_id":"bubbies-kosher-dill-relish-16oz-fermented-non-gmo-gluten-free","title":"Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish, 16 fl oz (1 PT \/ 473mL), Fermented, Non-GMO, Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003eBubbies Kosher Dill Relish is a 16 fl oz (473 mL) glass jar of naturally fermented dill relish made from finely chopped cucumbers, water, salt, garlic, dill, spices, and mustard seed. There is no vinegar, no added sugar, and no preservatives, only the tangy, garlicky flavor of traditional lacto-fermentation. It is Non-GMO Project Verified, gluten free, and OU kosher, available as a single jar or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBubbies Kosher Dill Relish: Naturally Fermented Garlic Dill Relish With No Added Sugar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally fermented\u003c\/strong\u003e — lacto-fermented in salt brine with naturally present cultures, no vinegar shortcut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — a savory, tangy dill relish, not a sweet relish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic and dill flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — cucumbers, water, salt, garlic, dill, spices, mustard seed, and calcium chloride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — raw and never heat-processed, so the brine turns cloudy when shaken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO, gluten free, OU kosher\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-GMO Project Verified, made in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 fl oz (473 mL) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 32 one-tablespoon servings; choose a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake the jar until cloudy, then spoon the relish onto hot dogs and burgers, stir it into egg salad, tuna salad, potato salad, and deviled egg filling, or blend it into mayonnaise for tartar sauce, ranch, or remoulade. Because it is a live fermented food, keep the jar refrigerated at all times, before and after opening, close the lid tightly, and use a clean spoon so the relish stays fresh until the last bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bubbies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBubbies Fine Foods has been making pickles, sauerkraut, and relishes since 1982, inspired by the old-world recipes of an Eastern European Jewish grandmother, the Bubbie on every label. The brand is known for naturally fermented kosher dills made without vinegar, alongside classic vinegar-brined bread and butter pickles, and every jar is Non-GMO Project Verified and gluten free. Find more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e collections, or learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bubbies.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebubbies.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ingredients are cucumbers, water, salt, garlic, dill, spices, mustard seed, and calcium chloride, so the recipe itself has no wheat, dairy, egg, soy, or nuts, and the relish is labeled gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Facility statements can change between runs, so read the printed jar label if you manage a food allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish need to be refrigerated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, always. This relish is raw and naturally fermented with live cultures, so it ships cold and must stay in the refrigerator before and after opening. A cloudy brine is normal; shake the jar until cloudy before serving. Keep the lid tight and use a clean spoon each time to protect the fermentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish and Bubbies Sweet Relish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKosher Dill Relish is fermented in salt brine with garlic and dill, contains no vinegar and no added sugar, and tastes savory, tangy, and garlicky. Sweet Relish is a bread and butter style made with vinegar and sugar, so it tastes tangy-sweet with celery seed and turmeric. Both are chopped for easy spooning onto hot dogs and salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis 16 fl oz jar is a product of Canada, made for Bubbies Fine Foods, the California company that has produced naturally fermented pickles since 1982. It uses the same fermented dill brine as Bubbies Kosher Dill Pickles, simply chopped fine for spreading. Every jar is OU kosher, gluten free, and Non-GMO Project Verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The ingredients are cucumbers, water, salt, garlic, dill, spices, mustard seed, and calcium chloride, so the recipe itself has no wheat, dairy, egg, soy, or nuts, and the relish is labeled gluten free and Non-GMO Project Verified. Facility statements can change between runs, so read the printed jar label if you manage a food allergy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish need to be refrigerated?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, always. This relish is raw and naturally fermented with live cultures, so it ships cold and must stay in the refrigerator before and after opening. A cloudy brine is normal; shake the jar until cloudy before serving. Keep the lid tight and use a clean spoon each time to protect the fermentation.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish and Bubbies Sweet Relish?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Kosher Dill Relish is fermented in salt brine with garlic and dill, contains no vinegar and no added sugar, and tastes savory, tangy, and garlicky. Sweet Relish is a bread and butter style made with vinegar and sugar, so it tastes tangy-sweet with celery seed and turmeric. Both are chopped for easy spooning onto hot dogs and salads.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Bubbies Kosher Dill Relish made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This 16 fl oz jar is a product of Canada, made for Bubbies Fine Foods, the California company that has produced naturally fermented pickles since 1982. It uses the same fermented dill brine as Bubbies Kosher Dill Pickles, simply chopped fine for spreading. Every jar is OU kosher, gluten free, and Non-GMO Project Verified.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Bubbies","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45668502143167,"sku":"BUBBIES-KOSHER-DILL-RELISH-16OZ-SINGLE","price":11.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45668502175935,"sku":"BUBBIES-KOSHER-DILL-RELISH-16OZ-PACK3","price":31.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45668502208703,"sku":"BUBBIES-KOSHER-DILL-RELISH-16OZ-PACK6","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_afeb46c2-74eb-415b-8411-55ed6037bb23.png?v=1780158004"},{"product_id":"mutti-double-concentrated-tomato-paste-doppio-concentrato-tube-tomato-paste-vegan-gluten-free-no-additives-or-preservatives-4-5-oz-1-pack","title":"Mutti Double Concentrated Tomato Paste (Doppio Concentrato) 4.5 oz Tube","description":"\u003cp\u003eMutti Double Concentrated Tomato Paste is a 4.5 oz tube of Italian tomato paste made from tomatoes grown and processed in Parma, cooked down to double the concentration of standard paste. The resealable tube lets you use only what you need, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMutti Double Concentrated Tomato Paste: Parma-Grown Tomatoes in a Resealable Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble concentrated\u003c\/strong\u003e — cooked down further than standard paste, so less is needed per dish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResealable tube format\u003c\/strong\u003e — squeeze out only what you need and reseal the rest for later\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrown and processed in Parma, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — genuine Italian import, not a domestically blended paste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvested at peak ripeness\u003c\/strong\u003e — per Mutti's stated tomato-sourcing practice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan and gluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — simple tomato-based ingredient list, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.5 oz tube\u003c\/strong\u003e — available as Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSqueeze the amount you need directly from the tube into soups, sauces, stews, or braises; there is no need to sauté it separately first. Use one to two tablespoons to add tomato depth to bolognese, amatriciana, shakshuka, or beef stew. Close the cap tightly and refrigerate the tube after opening; it keeps for several weeks once resealed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mutti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMutti is an Italian tomato company that has grown and processed tomatoes in Parma since 1899. The brand states its tomatoes are harvested at peak ripeness and processed close to harvest time. Read the printed tube for the full ingredient statement and any current claims. Browse more Italian pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mutti-italy.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emutti-italy.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this tomato paste contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMutti Double Concentrated Tomato Paste is labeled vegan and gluten-free, with tomatoes as the primary ingredient. It does not list common allergens such as milk, egg, soy, or nuts on the tube. Facility handling notices can still change between production runs, so read the printed tube before use if you have a specific sensitivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the tube after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClose the cap tightly after each use and refrigerate the tube; it does not need to be transferred to another container the way an open can does. Stored this way, an opened tube generally keeps for several weeks. Always check for any change in color, smell, or texture before use, and read the tube for the manufacturer's exact storage guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the advantage of a tube over a can of tomato paste?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA tube lets you squeeze out exactly the amount a recipe calls for and reseal the rest for later, while a can generally needs to be used up once opened or transferred to another container. This double concentrated paste also delivers more tomato flavor per tablespoon than a standard single-concentrated paste, per the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mutti tomato paste imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mutti grows and processes its tomatoes in Parma, Italy, and this paste is imported from there rather than made domestically. Real Prime Deals ships it from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada, so you receive the same product sold in Italy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this tomato paste contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mutti Double Concentrated Tomato Paste is labeled vegan and gluten-free, with tomatoes as the primary ingredient. It does not list common allergens such as milk, egg, soy, or nuts on the tube. Facility handling notices can still change between production runs, so read the printed tube before use if you have a specific sensitivity.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store the tube after opening?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Close the cap tightly after each use and refrigerate the tube; it does not need to be transferred to another container the way an open can does. Stored this way, an opened tube generally keeps for several weeks. Always check for any change in color, smell, or texture before use, and read the tube for the manufacturer's exact storage guidance.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the advantage of a tube over a can of tomato paste?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A tube lets you squeeze out exactly the amount a recipe calls for and reseal the rest for later, while a can generally needs to be used up once opened or transferred to another container. This double concentrated paste also delivers more tomato flavor per tablespoon than a standard single-concentrated paste, per the label.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mutti tomato paste imported from Italy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Mutti grows and processes its tomatoes in Parma, Italy, and this paste is imported from there rather than made domestically. Real Prime Deals ships it from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada, so you receive the same product sold in Italy.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mutti","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45219008151743,"sku":"MUTTI-TOMATOPASTE-45OZ-SINGLE","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778395463871,"sku":"MUTTI-TOMATOPASTE-45OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778395496639,"sku":"MUTTI-TOMATOPASTE-45OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_5cafe5f5-4e18-4b2a-a8c6-ce3822732157.jpg?v=1778967958"},{"product_id":"mutti-cherry-tomatoes-ciliegini-canned-italian-cherry-tomatoes-for-cooking-vegan-gluten-free-no-additives-or-preservatives-14-oz-1-pack","title":"Mutti Cherry Tomatoes Ciliegini 14 oz – Italian Canned Tomatoes, Vegan \u0026 Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003eMutti Cherry Tomatoes Ciliegini is a 14 oz can of whole Italian cherry tomatoes packed in natural tomato juice, grown and processed in Parma. \"Ciliegini\" means little cherries in Italian, and the tomatoes are naturally sweet and canned whole, available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMutti Cherry Tomatoes Ciliegini: Whole Italian Cherry Tomatoes in Tomato Juice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhole cherry tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — canned whole rather than diced, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked in natural tomato juice\u003c\/strong\u003e — no added water, per the ingredient list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrown and processed in Parma, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — genuine Italian import, not a domestically packed tomato\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally sweet variety\u003c\/strong\u003e — smaller cherry tomatoes tend to carry more natural sugar than standard Roma tomatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan, gluten-free, and Non-GMO\u003c\/strong\u003e — per the certifications printed on the can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 oz can\u003c\/strong\u003e — available as Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the can and use the tomatoes whole in pasta sauces, or crush them gently by hand for a chunkier sauce. They also work well roasted, as a bruschetta topping, or stirred into fish and seafood dishes. Refrigerate any unused portion in a sealed container and use it within a few days, since the can is shelf-stable only until opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mutti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMutti is an Italian tomato company that has grown and processed tomatoes in Parma since 1899. This can holds whole Ciliegini cherry tomatoes packed in natural tomato juice. Read the printed can for the full ingredient statement and any current claims. Browse more Italian pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mutti-italy.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emutti-italy.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these cherry tomatoes contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMutti Cherry Tomatoes Ciliegini are labeled vegan, gluten-free, and Non-GMO, with tomatoes and tomato juice as the main ingredients. They do not list common allergens such as milk, egg, soy, or nuts on the can. Facility handling notices can still change between production runs, so read the printed can before use if you have a specific sensitivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store this can after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTransfer any unused tomatoes to a sealed container and refrigerate them, since an opened can should not sit at room temperature. Use the leftover tomatoes within a few days for the best flavor and texture. Always check for any change in color or smell before use, and read the can for the manufacturer's exact guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do Ciliegini differ from diced or crushed tomatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCiliegini are canned whole rather than diced or crushed, and the cherry variety tends to be sweeter than standard Roma tomatoes used in most diced products. Choose whole Ciliegini when a recipe calls for tomatoes that hold their shape or when you want to crush them yourself to control the final texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these tomatoes imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mutti grows and processes its tomatoes in Parma, Italy, and this can is imported from there rather than packed domestically. Real Prime Deals ships it from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada, so you receive the same product sold in Italy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do these cherry tomatoes contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mutti Cherry Tomatoes Ciliegini are labeled vegan, gluten-free, and Non-GMO, with tomatoes and tomato juice as the main ingredients. They do not list common allergens such as milk, egg, soy, or nuts on the can. Facility handling notices can still change between production runs, so read the printed can before use if you have a specific sensitivity.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store this can after opening?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Transfer any unused tomatoes to a sealed container and refrigerate them, since an opened can should not sit at room temperature. Use the leftover tomatoes within a few days for the best flavor and texture. Always check for any change in color or smell before use, and read the can for the manufacturer's exact guidance.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do Ciliegini differ from diced or crushed tomatoes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Ciliegini are canned whole rather than diced or crushed, and the cherry variety tends to be sweeter than standard Roma tomatoes used in most diced products. Choose whole Ciliegini when a recipe calls for tomatoes that hold their shape or when you want to crush them yourself to control the final texture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are these tomatoes imported from Italy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Mutti grows and processes its tomatoes in Parma, Italy, and this can is imported from there rather than packed domestically. Real Prime Deals ships it from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada, so you receive the same product sold in Italy.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mutti","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45219013034175,"sku":"MUTTI-CILIEGINI-14OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778395562175,"sku":"MUTTI-CILIEGINI-14OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778395594943,"sku":"MUTTI-CILIEGINI-14OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_2_2085229b-3678-455e-84ee-e926cc6131f8.jpg?v=1778967960"},{"product_id":"mutti-diced-baby-roma-tomatoes-italian-canned-diced-tomatoes-vegan-gluten-free-non-gmo-14-oz-6-pack","title":"Mutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes 14 oz – Italian Canned Tomatoes, Vegan \u0026 Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003eMutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes is a 14 oz can of diced Roma tomatoes packed in tomato juice, made only from tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt. It is available as a Single can or in Pack of 3 and Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes: Diced Italian Tomatoes for Everyday Cooking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiced Roma tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — small, evenly cut tomato pieces packed in tomato juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaby Roma variety\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smaller Roma tomato, chosen for a firmer bite than standard round tomatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShort ingredient list\u003c\/strong\u003e — just tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, with no listed artificial preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 oz can\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard can size for soups, stews, braises, and sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally vegan and gluten-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits plant-based and gluten-free cooking without substitution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the can directly to soups, stews, braises, chili, and shakshuka, or simmer it down with garlic and olive oil for a chunky pasta sauce. The diced pieces hold their shape better than crushed tomatoes, so they also work well in casseroles where you want visible tomato bites. Keep an unopened can in a cool, dry pantry, and once opened, move leftovers to a sealed container in the refrigerator, using them within 3 to 5 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mutti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMutti has grown and canned Italian tomatoes since 1899, and the family-run company is still based in Parma, in Italy's tomato-growing region. Mutti tomatoes are grown from seed under contract with Italian farmers and canned close to harvest to lock in flavor, and the brand is one of the best-known tomato brands in Italy and across Europe. Browse more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mutti-parma.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003emutti-parma.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Mutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe can lists only tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, and tomatoes are not one of the major allergens tracked on US food labels. No milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nut ingredients appear on the label, but anyone with a specific allergy should read the printed can before cooking, since ingredient details can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store opened Mutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMove any unused tomatoes into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate, using them within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor. An unopened can keeps well in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the bottom of the can. Avoid leaving leftovers sitting in the open can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Mutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes and Mutti Polpa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDiced Baby Roma Tomatoes are cut into small, defined pieces that hold their shape in soups, stews, and chunky sauces. Mutti Polpa (Crushed Tomatoes) is crushed to a softer, more blended texture with less distinct pieces. Choose diced for texture and Polpa for a smoother, quicker-cooking sauce base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mutti is based in Parma, Italy, and grows and cans its tomatoes there before shipping to the US and Canada. This 14 oz can of diced Baby Roma tomatoes is the same product sold on Italian grocery shelves, not a version reformulated for the US market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Mutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The can lists only tomatoes, tomato juice, and salt, and tomatoes are not one of the major allergens tracked on US food labels. No milk, egg, soy, wheat, or nut ingredients appear on the label, but anyone with a specific allergy should read the printed can before cooking, since ingredient details can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store opened Mutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Move any unused tomatoes into a sealed, non-metal container and refrigerate, using them within 3 to 5 days for the best flavor. An unopened can keeps well in a cool, dry pantry until the best-by date printed on the bottom of the can. Avoid leaving leftovers sitting in the open can.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Mutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes and Mutti Polpa?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes are cut into small, defined pieces that hold their shape in soups, stews, and chunky sauces. Mutti Polpa (Crushed Tomatoes) is crushed to a softer, more blended texture with less distinct pieces. Choose diced for texture and Polpa for a smoother, quicker-cooking sauce base.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mutti Diced Baby Roma Tomatoes imported from Italy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Mutti is based in Parma, Italy, and grows and cans its tomatoes there before shipping to the US and Canada. This 14 oz can of diced Baby Roma tomatoes is the same product sold on Italian grocery shelves, not a version reformulated for the US market.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Mutti","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45219096592575,"sku":"MUTTI-DICEDROMA-14OZ-SINGLE","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778395660479,"sku":"MUTTI-DICEDROMA-14OZ-PACK3","price":13.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778395693247,"sku":"MUTTI-DICEDROMA-14OZ-PACK6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Yeni_Proje_ece5c777-cfc2-483e-8208-f72f34a34c6e.jpg?v=1778968241"},{"product_id":"jacks-quality-organic-low-sodium-cannellini-beans-italian-white-kidney-beans-usda-organic-low-salt-canned-beans","title":"Jack's Quality Organic Low Sodium Cannellini Beans, Italian White Kidney Beans, USDA Organic, Low Salt Canned Beans","description":"\u003cp\u003eJack's Quality Organic Low Sodium Cannellini Beans is a 13.4 oz can of USDA Certified Organic Italian white kidney beans, pre-cooked and ready to drain, rinse, and add to soups, salads, pasta, and dips. It comes in the single 13.4 oz can, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eJack's Quality Cannellini Beans: USDA Organic Low Sodium White Kidney Beans\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSDA Certified Organic\u003c\/strong\u003e — organically grown cannellini (white kidney) beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow sodium\u003c\/strong\u003e — formulated with less salt than a standard canned bean, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan and plant-based\u003c\/strong\u003e — no animal ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cooked and ready to use\u003c\/strong\u003e — just drain and rinse before adding to a recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial additives or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — a short, clean ingredient list per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreamy texture, mild flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e — a versatile base for soups, stews, pasta, and dips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrain and rinse the beans under cold water, then add them directly to soups, stews, pasta, or salads. For a quick side, toss with olive oil, garlic, and fresh herbs, or use as the base for a white bean dip. Keep the unopened can in a cool, dry pantry; once opened, transfer leftovers to a covered container, refrigerate, and use within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Jack's Quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJack's Quality packages certified organic pantry staples, including canned beans, for home cooks who want straightforward, additive-free ingredients they can rely on for everyday meals. Browse more organic pantry items in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.jacksquality.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ejacksquality.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Jack's Quality Cannellini Beans contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCannellini (white kidney) beans are not one of the major labeled allergens on their own, and this product lists no milk, egg, soy, wheat, or tree nut ingredients. Facility-sharing notices can still apply to canned goods, so read the printed label on the can before serving anyone with a food allergy, since supplier notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and serve Jack's Quality Cannellini Beans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore the unopened can in a cool, dry pantry. Once opened, drain and rinse the beans, then use them right away or refrigerate leftovers in a covered container and finish within a few days. Serve warm in soups and stews, or cold tossed into salads, grain bowls, and bean dips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes these cannellini beans different from a regular canned bean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis can is USDA Certified Organic and formulated with low sodium, so it fits organic and lower-salt diets better than a standard canned bean. The beans are otherwise pre-cooked, drained, and ready to use the same way as any canned cannellini bean, with a creamy texture and mild flavor that works in most recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Jack's Quality Cannellini Beans made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJack's Quality packages this USDA Certified Organic product for sale in the United States. For the exact packing location or any country-of-origin declaration for the beans themselves, check the printed label on the can, since suppliers and sourcing can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Jack's Quality Cannellini Beans contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Cannellini (white kidney) beans are not one of the major labeled allergens on their own, and this product lists no milk, egg, soy, wheat, or tree nut ingredients. Facility-sharing notices can still apply to canned goods, so read the printed label on the can before serving anyone with a food allergy, since supplier notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and serve Jack's Quality Cannellini Beans?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store the unopened can in a cool, dry pantry. Once opened, drain and rinse the beans, then use them right away or refrigerate leftovers in a covered container and finish within a few days. Serve warm in soups and stews, or cold tossed into salads, grain bowls, and bean dips.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes these cannellini beans different from a regular canned bean?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This can is USDA Certified Organic and formulated with low sodium, so it fits organic and lower-salt diets better than a standard canned bean. The beans are otherwise pre-cooked, drained, and ready to use the same way as any canned cannellini bean, with a creamy texture and mild flavor that works in most recipes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are Jack's Quality Cannellini Beans made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Jack's Quality packages this USDA Certified Organic product for sale in the United States. For the exact packing location or any country-of-origin declaration for the beans themselves, check the printed label on the can, since suppliers and sourcing can change between production runs.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Jack's Quality","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45224213774527,"sku":"JACKS-QUALITY-ORGANIC-LOW-SODIUM-CANNELLINI-SINGLE","price":6.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_62df0bc4-11ab-4b53-bbbe-fa9d40089b04.jpg?v=1778967980"},{"product_id":"casa-mexicana-yellow-rice-saffron-turmeric-seasoned-rice-mix-8-oz","title":"Casa Mexicana Yellow Rice, Saffron \u0026 Turmeric Seasoned Rice Mix, 8 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eCasa Mexicana Yellow Rice is an 8 oz box of saffron and turmeric seasoned rice mix, made for stovetop preparation as a side dish for Mexican-style meals. It ships fast from our New Jersey warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCasa Mexicana Yellow Rice: Saffron and Turmeric Seasoned Rice Mix\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSaffron and turmeric seasoning\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives the rice its golden color and savory flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStovetop rice mix\u003c\/strong\u003e — prepared by adding water and simmering, per the package directions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMexican-style seasoning profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — built around traditional Mexican-inspired flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServes about four\u003c\/strong\u003e — an 8 oz box sized as a family side dish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with proteins and vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed to serve alongside chicken, seafood, or vegetable dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCasa Mexicana brand\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rice and side-dish mix brand focused on Mexican-style recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombine the rice mix with the water amount listed on the package and a small amount of oil or butter in a saucepan. Bring to a boil, then reduce heat, cover, and simmer for about 15 to 20 minutes until the water is absorbed and the rice is tender. Fluff with a fork before serving alongside chicken, shrimp, or beans. Store the unopened box in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Casa Mexicana\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCasa Mexicana makes shelf-stable rice and side-dish mixes built around Mexican-style seasoning profiles, designed for straightforward stovetop preparation. The Yellow Rice mix uses saffron and turmeric for its color and flavor, following a classic yellow rice format. Browse more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.casamexicana.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ecasamexicana.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Casa Mexicana Yellow Rice contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is a seasoned rice mix built around rice, saffron, and turmeric, without an obvious major allergen in the base recipe. Facilities that produce packaged rice mixes can process other allergens on shared lines, so read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the box before cooking, especially for sensitive eaters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I prepare Casa Mexicana Yellow Rice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdd the rice mix to the water amount specified on the box, along with a small amount of oil or butter, then bring to a boil, cover, and simmer for about 15 to 20 minutes until the water is absorbed. Fluff with a fork before serving, and follow the exact measurements printed on the package for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Casa Mexicana Yellow Rice pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis rice is built as a side dish and pairs well with roasted or grilled chicken, shrimp, carne asada, or black beans. For a fuller meal, stir in cooked chicken, peas, or corn just before serving alongside the seasoned rice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Casa Mexicana Yellow Rice made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCasa Mexicana packages this rice mix in an 8 oz box for the US grocery market rather than as an imported European product. Real Prime Deals ships every box from our New Jersey warehouse to customers across the US and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Casa Mexicana Yellow Rice contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This is a seasoned rice mix built around rice, saffron, and turmeric, without an obvious major allergen in the base recipe. Facilities that produce packaged rice mixes can process other allergens on shared lines, so read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on the box before cooking, especially for sensitive eaters.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I prepare Casa Mexicana Yellow Rice?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Add the rice mix to the water amount specified on the box, along with a small amount of oil or butter, then bring to a boil, cover, and simmer for about 15 to 20 minutes until the water is absorbed. Fluff with a fork before serving, and follow the exact measurements printed on the package for best results.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does Casa Mexicana Yellow Rice pair well with?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This rice is built as a side dish and pairs well with roasted or grilled chicken, shrimp, carne asada, or black beans. For a fuller meal, stir in cooked chicken, peas, or corn just before serving alongside the seasoned rice.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Casa Mexicana Yellow Rice made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Casa Mexicana packages this rice mix in an 8 oz box for the US grocery market rather than as an imported European product. Real Prime Deals ships every box from our New Jersey warehouse to customers across the US and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Casa Mexicana","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45421172916415,"sku":"CASA-MEXICANA-YELLOW-RICE-8OZ-SINGLE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/YeniProje_2_cca2de97-d98c-4957-b420-f5f887726b6c.jpg?v=1778968708"},{"product_id":"season-sardines-bone-in-skin","title":"Season Sardines in 100% Olive Oil, Bone-In with Skin, 4.375 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eSeason Sardines in 100% Olive Oil is a 4.375 oz (124 g) tin of wild-caught sardines packed whole, bone-in with skin, in olive oil for a rich, savory flavor. It is available as a single tin or in a Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason Sardines in Olive Oil: Bone-In, Wild Caught Sardines in 100% Olive Oil\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked in 100 percent olive oil\u003c\/strong\u003e — olive oil only, no seed or vegetable oil blends, for a full, savory taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBone-in with skin\u003c\/strong\u003e — whole sardines with soft, edible bones and skin, the traditional style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWild caught and certified sustainable\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from wild fisheries under a sustainability certification shown on the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOmega-3 source\u003c\/strong\u003e — the label lists 1.19 g of omega-3 fatty acids per 3 oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher OU Pareve\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified by the Orthodox Union\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.375 oz (124 g) tin\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold as a Single or in a Pack of 6 for the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the tin and serve the sardines with crusty bread and a squeeze of lemon, or on crackers with capers and thinly sliced red onion. Toss them into pasta with garlic, chili, and parsley, add them to a salad or grain bowl, or lay them on toast with a little mustard. The olive oil from the tin makes a good base for a quick dressing or pan sauce. Store unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry. Once opened, move leftovers to a covered non-metal container, refrigerate, and use within two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Season\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeason has been packing canned seafood since 1921 and is one of the oldest sardine brands sold in the United States. The range includes sardines in olive oil, water, and sauces, plus mackerel and other tinned fish, most of it certified kosher. Season's sardines are wild caught and carry a sustainability certification on the tin. Explore more tinned fish in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-fish-seafood\"\u003eCanned Fish \u0026amp; Seafood\u003c\/a\u003e collection or the wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e range. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.seasonbrand.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eseasonbrand.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Season Sardines in Olive Oil contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they contain fish, one of the major allergens. The tin holds sardines, olive oil, and salt, so there is no wheat, soy, dairy, egg, or nut ingredient in the recipe. Anyone with a seafood allergy should avoid the product, and everyone should read the printed label on the tin for the current ingredient statement before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and serve Season Sardines in Olive Oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry and use them by the best-by date. They are ready to eat as they are, at room temperature or lightly warmed. Once opened, transfer leftovers with the oil to a covered glass or plastic container, refrigerate, and eat within two days rather than leaving them in the tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Season Sardines in Olive Oil and Season Sardine Fillets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis tin holds whole sardines, bone-in with skin, which is the traditional style with a fuller, stronger flavor and soft edible bones. Season Sardine Fillets are skinless and boneless for a milder taste and softer texture. Both are wild caught and packed in 100 percent olive oil, so the choice comes down to texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes and pack options are available for Season Sardines in Olive Oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReal Prime Deals carries the standard 4.375 oz (124 g) tin, the same size sold in US grocery stores, as a Single or a Pack of 6. Each tin is a single serving of whole sardines in olive oil with salt. The 6-pack is the practical choice for keeping a shelf-stable protein in the pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Season Sardines in Olive Oil contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, they contain fish, one of the major allergens. The tin holds sardines, olive oil, and salt, so there is no wheat, soy, dairy, egg, or nut ingredient in the recipe. Anyone with a seafood allergy should avoid the product, and everyone should read the printed label on the tin for the current ingredient statement before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and serve Season Sardines in Olive Oil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry and use them by the best-by date. They are ready to eat as they are, at room temperature or lightly warmed. Once opened, transfer leftovers with the oil to a covered glass or plastic container, refrigerate, and eat within two days rather than leaving them in the tin.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Season Sardines in Olive Oil and Season Sardine Fillets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This tin holds whole sardines, bone-in with skin, which is the traditional style with a fuller, stronger flavor and soft edible bones. Season Sardine Fillets are skinless and boneless for a milder taste and softer texture. Both are wild caught and packed in 100 percent olive oil, so the choice comes down to texture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sizes and pack options are available for Season Sardines in Olive Oil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Real Prime Deals carries the standard 4.375 oz (124 g) tin, the same size sold in US grocery stores, as a Single or a Pack of 6. Each tin is a single serving of whole sardines in olive oil with salt. The 6-pack is the practical choice for keeping a shelf-stable protein in the pantry.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Season Brand","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45553115267263,"sku":"SEASON-SARDINES-OO-BONEIN-4375OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45553115300031,"sku":"SEASON-SARDINES-OO-BONEIN-4375OZ-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_b7afb6e4-b489-4fed-b8ee-92fa79d5a157.png?v=1778969888"},{"product_id":"season-sardines-water-bone-in-skin","title":"Season Sardines in Water, Bone-In with Skin, 4.375 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eSeason Sardines in Water, Bone-In with Skin is a 4.375 oz (124 g) tin of wild-caught sardines packed in water with the bones and skin left on, giving a light, clean flavor with no added fat. Each tin is ready to eat and Kosher OU Pareve certified, available as a Single or a Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason Sardines in Water: Wild-Caught, Bone-In Sardines Without Added Oil\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked in water\u003c\/strong\u003e — a lighter alternative to oil-packed sardines, with a clean, mild taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBone-in with skin\u003c\/strong\u003e — traditional whole-style sardines; the bones are soft and fully edible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWild caught\u003c\/strong\u003e — sardines from a fishery the label describes as sustainably managed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOmega-3 on the label\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.19 g of omega-3 fatty acids per 3 oz serving, as printed on the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher OU Pareve\u003c\/strong\u003e — certified by the Orthodox Union\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTin and pack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — 4.375 oz (124 g) per tin, sold as a Single or a Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen, drain, and eat straight from the tin, or mash the sardines with mustard, lemon juice, and herbs for a spread on toast or crackers. Add whole fillets to salads, grain bowls, or pasta, since the water pack takes on dressings and sauces without adding extra oil. Store unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry; once opened, move leftovers to a covered non-metal container, refrigerate, and use within two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Season Brand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeason Brand has been packing canned seafood since 1921 and is based in New Jersey. The company's range spans sardines and herring packed in water, oil, and tomato sauce, in bone-in and skinless, boneless styles, and its cans commonly carry OU Pareve kosher certification. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-fish-seafood\"\u003eCanned Fish and Seafood\u003c\/a\u003e collection for more Season tins. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.seasonbrand.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eseasonbrand.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Season Sardines in Water, Bone-In with Skin contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The product is fish, so it is unsuitable for anyone with a fish allergy. The label does not list wheat, soy, or dairy among the ingredients, which are simply sardines, water, and salt. Because packing details can change between production runs, anyone with a serious allergy should read the printed panel on the tin before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and serve Season Sardines in Water, Bone-In with Skin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry; they do not need refrigeration until opened. Once opened, move leftovers to a covered glass or plastic container, refrigerate, and use within two days. Serve them chilled or at room temperature, drained, on toast, crackers, or straight from the tin as a quick snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this tin and Season's boneless sardine fillets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis tin keeps the sardines whole, bone-in and skin-on, in the traditional style, with soft, edible bones. Season's skinless and boneless fillets, sold in tomato sauce, have the bones and skin removed for a cleaner bite with no prep. Choose bone-in for the classic format or the fillets for a boneless, ready-to-plate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are Season Sardines in Water, Bone-In with Skin made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe country of origin is printed on the tin rather than published on the listing, since Season sources different sardine styles from more than one region. Check the bottom of the can or the printed label for the exact country of origin before ordering if that detail matters for your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Season Sardines in Water, Bone-In with Skin contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The product is fish, so it is unsuitable for anyone with a fish allergy. The label does not list wheat, soy, or dairy among the ingredients, which are simply sardines, water, and salt. Because packing details can change between production runs, anyone with a serious allergy should read the printed panel on the tin before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and serve Season Sardines in Water, Bone-In with Skin?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened tins in a cool, dry pantry; they do not need refrigeration until opened. Once opened, move leftovers to a covered glass or plastic container, refrigerate, and use within two days. Serve them chilled or at room temperature, drained, on toast, crackers, or straight from the tin as a quick snack.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between this tin and Season's boneless sardine fillets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This tin keeps the sardines whole, bone-in and skin-on, in the traditional style, with soft, edible bones. Season's skinless and boneless fillets, sold in tomato sauce, have the bones and skin removed for a cleaner bite with no prep. Choose bone-in for the classic format or the fillets for a boneless, ready-to-plate option.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are Season Sardines in Water, Bone-In with Skin made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The country of origin is printed on the tin rather than published on the listing, since Season sources different sardine styles from more than one region. Check the bottom of the can or the printed label for the exact country of origin before ordering if that detail matters for your purchase.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Season Brand","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45553084170431,"sku":"SEASON-SARDINES-WATER-BONEIN-4375OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45553084203199,"sku":"SEASON-SARDINES-WATER-BONEIN-4375OZ-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_997266a8-82ef-491b-b7e7-2b21f7319385.png?v=1778969887"},{"product_id":"bono-pasta-sauce-roasted-garlic-sauce-24-oz","title":"Bono Pasta Sauce - Roasted Garlic Sauce 24 Oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eBono Roasted Garlic Pasta Sauce is a 24 oz jar of Italian tomato sauce made with roasted garlic, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, per the label. It is also available in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, and it ships fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBono Roasted Garlic: Italian Tomato Pasta Sauce, No Added Sugar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with tomatoes sourced from Italy, per the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoasted garlic\u003c\/strong\u003e — roasted garlic is featured as the flavor focus of this sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — as declared on the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the label lists no added sugar in this sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Tuscany, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced in the Tuscany region, per the packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 oz jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for family meals, with Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the sauce in a saucepan over medium heat, stirring occasionally, until heated through, then toss with freshly cooked spaghetti or penne. It also works as a base for pizza, lasagna, or baked ziti. Refrigerate after opening and use within 5 days, per the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bono\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBono is a brand of jarred pasta sauces made in Tuscany, Italy, from tomatoes sourced in Italy. Each sauce in the line is formulated without artificial colors, artificial flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, according to the jar label. For the full ingredient list and any allergen notices, read the printed label on the jar you have on hand, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs. Explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta-sauce\"\u003ePasta Sauce\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bono.it\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebono.it\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bono Roasted Garlic Pasta Sauce made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAccording to the jar label, this sauce is made with Italian tomatoes and roasted garlic, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives listed and no added sugar. For the full ingredient list, allergen notices, and nutrition facts, read the printed label on the jar before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bono Roasted Garlic Pasta Sauce contain artificial additives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The jar label states the sauce is free from artificial colors, artificial flavors, and preservatives, and lists no added sugar. As with any packaged food, check the printed label for the current ingredient list, since formulas can be updated by the manufacturer over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use Bono Roasted Garlic Pasta Sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWarm the sauce in a saucepan over medium heat, stirring occasionally, until heated through, then toss it with freshly cooked pasta such as spaghetti or penne. It can also serve as a base for pizza, lasagna, or baked ziti. Refrigerate after opening and use within 5 days, per the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Bono Roasted Garlic Pasta Sauce after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRefrigerate the jar after opening and use the sauce within 5 days, as stated on the label. Before opening, store the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Always check the printed label for the manufacturer's specific storage guidance, since it can vary by production run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is Bono Roasted Garlic Pasta Sauce made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"According to the jar label, this sauce is made with Italian tomatoes and roasted garlic, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives listed and no added sugar. For the full ingredient list, allergen notices, and nutrition facts, read the printed label on the jar before use.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Bono Roasted Garlic Pasta Sauce contain artificial additives?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The jar label states the sauce is free from artificial colors, artificial flavors, and preservatives, and lists no added sugar. As with any packaged food, check the printed label for the current ingredient list, since formulas can be updated by the manufacturer over time.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I use Bono Roasted Garlic Pasta Sauce?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Warm the sauce in a saucepan over medium heat, stirring occasionally, until heated through, then toss it with freshly cooked pasta such as spaghetti or penne. It can also serve as a base for pizza, lasagna, or baked ziti. Refrigerate after opening and use within 5 days, per the label.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Bono Roasted Garlic Pasta Sauce after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Refrigerate the jar after opening and use the sauce within 5 days, as stated on the label. Before opening, store the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Always check the printed label for the manufacturer's specific storage guidance, since it can vary by production run.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bono","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45481597337791,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-ROASTEDGARLIC-24OZ-SINGLE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778310627519,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-ROASTEDGARLIC-24OZ-PACK3","price":22.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778310660287,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-ROASTEDGARLIC-24OZ-PACK6","price":43.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Yeni_Proje_6abacff3-6648-4f91-abeb-e7418f816fa4.jpg?v=1778968797"},{"product_id":"bono-pasta-sauce-arrabbiata-24-oz","title":"Bono Pasta Sauce – Arrabbiata 24 Oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eBono Arrabbiata Pasta Sauce is a 24 oz jar of spicy Italian tomato sauce made with chili peppers and garlic, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, per the label. It is also available in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, and it ships fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBono Arrabbiata: Spicy Italian Tomato Pasta Sauce, No Added Sugar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with tomatoes sourced from Italy, per the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChili peppers and garlic\u003c\/strong\u003e — the traditional arrabbiata combination, giving the sauce its heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — as declared on the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the label lists no added sugar in this sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Tuscany, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced in the Tuscany region, per the packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 oz (680 g) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for family meals, with Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the sauce in a saucepan over medium heat, stirring occasionally, until heated through, then toss with freshly cooked penne rigate or rigatoni. The ridged shapes hold the sauce well; for less heat, stir in a little cream or ricotta. Refrigerate after opening and use within 5 days, per the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bono\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBono is a brand of jarred pasta sauces made in Tuscany, Italy, from tomatoes sourced in Italy. Each sauce in the line is formulated without artificial colors, artificial flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, according to the jar label. For the full ingredient list and any allergen notices, read the printed label on the jar you have on hand, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs. Explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta-sauce\"\u003ePasta Sauce\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bono.it\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebono.it\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is Bono Arrabbiata Pasta Sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe jar describes the sauce as made with chili peppers and garlic in the traditional arrabbiata style, so it carries noticeable heat compared to a plain marinara. The exact spice level is set by the manufacturer's recipe; if you are sensitive to heat, taste a small amount first or mix it with a milder sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bono Arrabbiata Pasta Sauce contain artificial preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The jar label states this sauce contains no artificial colors, artificial flavors, or preservatives, and lists no added sugar. As with any packaged food, check the printed label on your jar for the current ingredient list, since formulas can be updated by the manufacturer over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pasta pairs best with Bono Arrabbiata?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe label and traditional Italian pairing suggest ridged short pasta shapes such as penne rigate or rigatoni, since the ridges help the spicy sauce cling to each piece. It also works as a pizza sauce base or as a braising liquid for proteins like chicken or shrimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Bono Arrabbiata Pasta Sauce after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRefrigerate the jar after opening and use the sauce within 5 days, as stated on the label. Before opening, store the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Always check the printed label for the manufacturer's specific storage guidance, since it can vary by production run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How spicy is Bono Arrabbiata Pasta Sauce?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The jar describes the sauce as made with chili peppers and garlic in the traditional arrabbiata style, so it carries noticeable heat compared to a plain marinara. The exact spice level is set by the manufacturer's recipe; if you are sensitive to heat, taste a small amount first or mix it with a milder sauce.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Bono Arrabbiata Pasta Sauce contain artificial preservatives?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The jar label states this sauce contains no artificial colors, artificial flavors, or preservatives, and lists no added sugar. As with any packaged food, check the printed label on your jar for the current ingredient list, since formulas can be updated by the manufacturer over time.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What pasta pairs best with Bono Arrabbiata?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The label and traditional Italian pairing suggest ridged short pasta shapes such as penne rigate or rigatoni, since the ridges help the spicy sauce cling to each piece. It also works as a pizza sauce base or as a braising liquid for proteins like chicken or shrimp.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Bono Arrabbiata Pasta Sauce after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Refrigerate the jar after opening and use the sauce within 5 days, as stated on the label. Before opening, store the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Always check the printed label for the manufacturer's specific storage guidance, since it can vary by production run.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bono","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45481756983487,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-ARRABBIATA-24OZ-SINGLE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778310725823,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-ARRABBIATA-24OZ-PACK3","price":22.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778310758591,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-ARRABBIATA-24OZ-PACK6","price":43.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/bnarb.webp?v=1778969045"},{"product_id":"bono-pasta-sauce-marinara-24-oz","title":"Bono Pasta Sauce – Marinara 24 Oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eBono Marinara Pasta Sauce is a 24 oz jar of classic Italian tomato sauce made with onion, garlic, and basil, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, per the label. It is also available in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, and it ships fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBono Marinara: Classic Italian Tomato Pasta Sauce, No Added Sugar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with tomatoes sourced from Italy, per the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnion, garlic, and basil\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic marinara blend of aromatics, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — as declared on the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the label lists no added sugar in this sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Tuscany, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced in the Tuscany region, per the packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 oz (680 g) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for family meals, with Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the sauce in a saucepan over medium heat, stirring occasionally, until heated through, then toss with freshly cooked spaghetti or linguine. It also works as a pizza sauce base or layered into lasagna or baked ziti. Refrigerate after opening and use within 5 days, per the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bono\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBono is a brand of jarred pasta sauces made in Tuscany, Italy, from tomatoes sourced in Italy. Each sauce in the line is formulated without artificial colors, artificial flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, according to the jar label. For the full ingredient list and any allergen notices, read the printed label on the jar you have on hand, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs. Explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta-sauce\"\u003ePasta Sauce\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bono.it\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebono.it\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bono Marinara Pasta Sauce made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAccording to the jar label, this sauce is made with Italian tomatoes slow-cooked with onion, garlic, and basil, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives listed and no added sugar. For the full ingredient list, allergen notices, and nutrition facts, read the printed label on the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bono Marinara Pasta Sauce contain any artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The jar label states the sauce is free from artificial colors, artificial flavors, and preservatives, and lists no added sugar. As with any packaged food, check the printed label for the current ingredient list, since formulas can be updated by the manufacturer over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I make with Bono Marinara Pasta Sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWarm the sauce and toss it with spaghetti, linguine, or penne for a classic dinner, or use it as a pizza sauce base, a layer in lasagna or baked ziti, or a dip for breadsticks or mozzarella sticks. It also works as a base for soups, stews, or shakshuka.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Bono Marinara Pasta Sauce after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRefrigerate the jar after opening and use the sauce within 5 days, as stated on the label. Before opening, store the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Always check the printed label for the manufacturer's specific storage guidance, since it can vary by production run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is Bono Marinara Pasta Sauce made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"According to the jar label, this sauce is made with Italian tomatoes slow-cooked with onion, garlic, and basil, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives listed and no added sugar. For the full ingredient list, allergen notices, and nutrition facts, read the printed label on the jar.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Bono Marinara Pasta Sauce contain any artificial ingredients?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The jar label states the sauce is free from artificial colors, artificial flavors, and preservatives, and lists no added sugar. As with any packaged food, check the printed label for the current ingredient list, since formulas can be updated by the manufacturer over time.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can I make with Bono Marinara Pasta Sauce?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Warm the sauce and toss it with spaghetti, linguine, or penne for a classic dinner, or use it as a pizza sauce base, a layer in lasagna or baked ziti, or a dip for breadsticks or mozzarella sticks. It also works as a base for soups, stews, or shakshuka.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Bono Marinara Pasta Sauce after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Refrigerate the jar after opening and use the sauce within 5 days, as stated on the label. Before opening, store the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Always check the printed label for the manufacturer's specific storage guidance, since it can vary by production run.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bono","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45481759604927,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-MARINARA-24OZ-SINGLE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778310856895,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-MARINARA-24OZ-PACK3","price":22.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778310889663,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-MARINARA-24OZ-PACK6","price":43.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Yeni_Proje_3_78a34d79-9801-4c75-9f59-a4708a21870f.jpg?v=1778968822"},{"product_id":"bono-pasta-sauce-ricotta-24-oz","title":"Bono Pasta Sauce – Ricotta 24 Oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eBono Ricotta Pasta Sauce is a 24 oz jar of creamy Italian tomato sauce made with ricotta cheese, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, per the label. It is also available in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, and it ships fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBono Ricotta: Creamy Italian Tomato Pasta Sauce, No Added Sugar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with tomatoes sourced from Italy, per the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRicotta cheese\u003c\/strong\u003e — blended into the sauce for a creamy texture, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — as declared on the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the label lists no added sugar in this sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Tuscany, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced in the Tuscany region, per the packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 oz (680 g) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for family meals, with Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the sauce over medium-low heat, stirring gently to keep the creamy texture, then toss with rigatoni, penne, or pappardelle. It also works as a filling layer in lasagna or stuffed shells, or spooned over cheese tortellini or gnocchi. Refrigerate after opening and use within 5 days, per the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bono\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBono is a brand of jarred pasta sauces made in Tuscany, Italy, from tomatoes sourced in Italy. Each sauce in the line is formulated without artificial colors, artificial flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, according to the jar label. For the full ingredient list and any allergen notices, read the printed label on the jar you have on hand, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs. Explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta-sauce\"\u003ePasta Sauce\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bono.it\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebono.it\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bono Ricotta Pasta Sauce made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAccording to the jar label, this sauce is made with Italian tomatoes blended with ricotta cheese, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives listed and no added sugar. For the full ingredient list, allergen notices such as dairy, and nutrition facts, read the printed label on the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bono Ricotta Pasta Sauce contain artificial preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The jar label states the sauce is free from artificial colors, artificial flavors, and preservatives, and lists no added sugar. Since the sauce contains ricotta cheese, anyone with a dairy allergy or sensitivity should check the printed ingredient panel on the jar before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pasta pairs best with Bono Ricotta Pasta Sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe creamy texture works well with rigatoni, penne, or pappardelle, or as a filling layer in lasagna and stuffed shells. It can also be spooned over cheese tortellini or gnocchi for a quick dinner, or used as a dipping sauce for breadsticks or arancini.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Bono Ricotta Pasta Sauce after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRefrigerate the jar after opening and use the sauce within 5 days, as stated on the label. Before opening, store the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Always check the printed label for the manufacturer's specific storage guidance, since it can vary by production run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is Bono Ricotta Pasta Sauce made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"According to the jar label, this sauce is made with Italian tomatoes blended with ricotta cheese, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives listed and no added sugar. For the full ingredient list, allergen notices such as dairy, and nutrition facts, read the printed label on the jar.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Bono Ricotta Pasta Sauce contain artificial preservatives?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The jar label states the sauce is free from artificial colors, artificial flavors, and preservatives, and lists no added sugar. Since the sauce contains ricotta cheese, anyone with a dairy allergy or sensitivity should check the printed ingredient panel on the jar before use.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What pasta pairs best with Bono Ricotta Pasta Sauce?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The creamy texture works well with rigatoni, penne, or pappardelle, or as a filling layer in lasagna and stuffed shells. It can also be spooned over cheese tortellini or gnocchi for a quick dinner, or used as a dipping sauce for breadsticks or arancini.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Bono Ricotta Pasta Sauce after opening?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Refrigerate the jar after opening and use the sauce within 5 days, as stated on the label. Before opening, store the sealed jar in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Always check the printed label for the manufacturer's specific storage guidance, since it can vary by production run.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bono","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45481763471551,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-RICOTTA-24OZ-SINGLE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778310955199,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-RICOTTA-24OZ-PACK3","price":22.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778310987967,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-RICOTTA-24OZ-PACK6","price":43.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Yeni_Proje_4_98edbf6f-3462-4628-91e4-c917341d9769.jpg?v=1778968823"},{"product_id":"bono-pasta-sauce-alla-vodka-24-oz","title":"Bono Pasta Sauce – Alla Vodka 24 Oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eBono Alla Vodka Pasta Sauce is a 24 oz jar of creamy Italian tomato sauce made with a touch of vodka, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, per the label. It is also available in a Pack of 3 or Pack of 6, and it ships fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBono Alla Vodka: Creamy Italian Tomato Pasta Sauce with Vodka\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with tomatoes sourced from Italy, per the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch of vodka and cream\u003c\/strong\u003e — the classic alla vodka combination for a smooth finish, per the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives\u003c\/strong\u003e — as declared on the jar label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo added sugar\u003c\/strong\u003e — the label lists no added sugar in this sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Tuscany, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — produced in the Tuscany region, per the packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 oz (680 g) jar\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for family meals, with Pack of 3 and Pack of 6 options available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the sauce over medium-low heat, stirring gently to keep the creamy texture, then toss with penne for the classic pairing, or with rigatoni or fusilli. Add cooked Italian sausage or shrimp for a heartier dish, and finish with fresh basil or grated cheese if desired. Refrigerate after opening and use within 5 days, per the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bono\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBono is a brand of jarred pasta sauces made in Tuscany, Italy, from tomatoes sourced in Italy. Each sauce in the line is formulated without artificial colors, artificial flavors, preservatives, or added sugar, according to the jar label. For the full ingredient list and any allergen notices, read the printed label on the jar you have on hand, since recipes and facility notices can change between production runs. Explore more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta-sauce\"\u003ePasta Sauce\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bono.it\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebono.it\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in Bono Alla Vodka Pasta Sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAccording to the jar label, this sauce is made with Italian tomatoes, cream, and a small amount of vodka, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives listed and no added sugar. For the full ingredient list, allergen notices such as dairy, and nutrition facts, read the printed label on the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bono Alla Vodka Pasta Sauce contain preservatives or artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The jar label states this sauce contains no artificial colors, artificial flavors, or preservatives, and lists no added sugar. Since the recipe includes cream, anyone with a dairy allergy or sensitivity should check the printed ingredient panel on the jar before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Bono Alla Vodka Pasta Sauce actually contain alcohol?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe label lists a small amount of vodka as part of the recipe, in keeping with the traditional alla vodka style. Most of the alcohol is expected to cook off during preparation and any further heating, but the exact amount remaining is not stated on the label, so check the packaging if this matters to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pasta pairs best with Bono Alla Vodka?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePenne is the classic pairing for alla vodka sauce, since its ridges hold the creamy sauce well, though rigatoni or fusilli also work. Add cooked Italian sausage, shrimp, or crispy prosciutto for a heartier meal, and finish with fresh basil or grated Parmesan if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is in Bono Alla Vodka Pasta Sauce?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"According to the jar label, this sauce is made with Italian tomatoes, cream, and a small amount of vodka, produced in Tuscany, Italy, with no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives listed and no added sugar. For the full ingredient list, allergen notices such as dairy, and nutrition facts, read the printed label on the jar.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Bono Alla Vodka Pasta Sauce contain preservatives or artificial ingredients?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The jar label states this sauce contains no artificial colors, artificial flavors, or preservatives, and lists no added sugar. Since the recipe includes cream, anyone with a dairy allergy or sensitivity should check the printed ingredient panel on the jar before use.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Bono Alla Vodka Pasta Sauce actually contain alcohol?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The label lists a small amount of vodka as part of the recipe, in keeping with the traditional alla vodka style. Most of the alcohol is expected to cook off during preparation and any further heating, but the exact amount remaining is not stated on the label, so check the packaging if this matters to you.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What pasta pairs best with Bono Alla Vodka?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Penne is the classic pairing for alla vodka sauce, since its ridges hold the creamy sauce well, though rigatoni or fusilli also work. Add cooked Italian sausage, shrimp, or crispy prosciutto for a heartier meal, and finish with fresh basil or grated Parmesan if desired.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bono","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45481764061375,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-ALLAVODKA-24OZ-SINGLE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778311086271,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-ALLAVODKA-24OZ-PACK3","price":22.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778311119039,"sku":"BONO-SAUCE-ALLAVODKA-24OZ-PACK6","price":43.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Yeni_Proje_5_9f94a636-63f3-410c-8219-07beb20f2740.jpg?v=1778968825"},{"product_id":"chickapea-organic-chickpea-pasta-penne-elbows-and-spirals-variety-pack-8-oz-pack-of-3","title":"Chickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta - Penne, Elbows and Spirals Variety Pack, 8 oz (Pack of 3)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta Variety Pack includes one 8 oz bag each of Organic Penne, Organic Elbows, and Organic Spirals, made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour. It is sold as a single 3-bag pack, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChickapea Chickpea Pasta: Penne, Elbows \u0026amp; Spirals from Two Organic Ingredients\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 classic pasta shapes\u003c\/strong\u003e — one 8 oz bag each of Organic Penne, Organic Elbows, and Organic Spirals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24g protein and 8g fiber per serving\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, with 200 calories per 2 oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJust 2 ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — USDA Certified Organic and Non-GMO Project Verified, with no additives or fillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten-free, vegan, and kosher\u003c\/strong\u003e — GFCO certified gluten-free, fully plant-based, and COR Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertified B Corporation\u003c\/strong\u003e — part of Chickapea's certification as a company meeting social and environmental standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the pasta, and cook 6 to 8 minutes until al dente, checking the package for shape-specific timing. Drain and toss immediately with sauce, since chickpea pasta can soften quickly if left to sit — cook just to al dente and serve promptly. Penne holds marinara and creamy sauces well, Elbows work for mac and cheese and soups, and Spirals grip pesto and chunky vegetable sauces; rinse briefly with cold water if using in a pasta salad. Store unopened bags in the pantry at room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Chickapea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChickapea is a Canadian pasta brand built around a simple idea: make nutritious pasta from organic chickpeas and yellow peas instead of traditional wheat flour. Using just two ingredients, the brand aims to deliver the fiber and protein of legumes in a familiar pasta form that is naturally gluten-free, vegan, and kosher. Chickapea is a Certified B Corporation and states that a portion of sales supports food donation programs. Browse more pasta options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.chickapea.ca\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003echickapea.ca\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Chickapea Chickpea Pasta contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour and is GFCO certified gluten-free, but read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on each bag for current facility notices, since manufacturing details can change between production runs. Chickapea lists full ingredient information directly on the packaging for each shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the Chickapea Chickpea Pasta Variety Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pack includes one 8 oz bag each of Organic Penne, Organic Elbows, and Organic Spirals, all made from the same two-ingredient organic yellow pea and chickpea flour blend. Each shape cooks the same way, so the variety pack is meant to let you use a different shape for different recipes without buying three separate bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Chickapea pasta high in protein and fiber?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each 2 oz serving provides 24g of protein and 8g of fiber, according to the nutrition panel, notably higher than typical wheat pasta. That comes from the organic yellow pea and chickpea flour base rather than an added protein powder, so the nutrition profile is built into the flour blend itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Chickapea pasta imported from Canada?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea is a Canadian brand, and this variety pack is imported for US and Canadian customers rather than produced domestically in the US. The pasta uses the same organic chickpea and yellow pea flour recipe sold under the Chickapea name in Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Chickapea Chickpea Pasta contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour and is GFCO certified gluten-free, but read the printed ingredient and allergen panel on each bag for current facility notices, since manufacturing details can change between production runs. Chickapea lists full ingredient information directly on the packaging for each shape.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What comes in the Chickapea Chickpea Pasta Variety Pack?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The pack includes one 8 oz bag each of Organic Penne, Organic Elbows, and Organic Spirals, all made from the same two-ingredient organic yellow pea and chickpea flour blend. Each shape cooks the same way, so the variety pack is meant to let you use a different shape for different recipes without buying three separate bags.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Chickapea pasta high in protein and fiber?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each 2 oz serving provides 24g of protein and 8g of fiber, according to the nutrition panel, notably higher than typical wheat pasta. That comes from the organic yellow pea and chickpea flour base rather than an added protein powder, so the nutrition profile is built into the flour blend itself.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Chickapea pasta imported from Canada?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea is a Canadian brand, and this variety pack is imported for US and Canadian customers rather than produced domestically in the US. The pasta uses the same organic chickpea and yellow pea flour recipe sold under the Chickapea name in Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Chickapea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45493215953087,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-VARIETY-3PK-SINGLE","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/chi8.jpg?v=1778968955"},{"product_id":"chickapea-organic-chickpea-pasta-penne-8-oz-227g","title":"Chickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta - Penne, 8 oz (227g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta Penne is an 8 oz (227 g) bag of high-protein pasta made from just two ingredients, organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour. Each serving has 24g of protein and 8g of fiber, and the bag is available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta Penne: High-Protein Pasta from Just Two Ingredients\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24g protein \u0026amp; 8g fiber per serving\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, about 200 calories and 0 mg sodium per 2 oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJust two ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — organic yellow peas and organic chickpeas only, no additives or fillers, Non-GMO Project Verified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGFCO Certified Gluten Free\u003c\/strong\u003e — tested and certified for celiac and gluten-sensitive households\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Penne shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds sauces beautifully for marinara, creamy, vodka, and baked pasta dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan \u0026amp; COR Kosher Certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100 percent plant-based and certified Kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 oz (227 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — Certified B Corporation; available as Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Add the penne and cook 6 to 8 minutes until al dente, testing for texture at the 6-minute mark since chickpea pasta softens quickly. Drain and toss immediately with marinara, creamy tomato, or pesto sauce, or use it in a baked penne dish. For a cold pasta salad, rinse briefly with cold water after draining. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Chickapea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChickapea is a Canadian brand founded to make nutritious pasta from just two plant-based ingredients: organic chickpeas and organic yellow peas. Every bag is USDA Certified Organic, GFCO Certified Gluten Free, Non-GMO Project Verified, and COR Kosher, and Chickapea is a Certified B Corporation that donates nutritious food to communities in need with every purchase. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.chickapea.ca\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003echickapea.ca\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Chickapea Penne Pasta contain common allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea Penne Pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, and the bag carries GFCO Certified Gluten Free and Non-GMO Project Verified marks. It does not list wheat, dairy, or egg, but read the printed label on the bag you receive for the current allergen statement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I cook and store Chickapea Penne Pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the penne, and cook 6 to 8 minutes, checking a few minutes early since chickpea pasta softens faster than wheat pasta. Drain and toss right away with sauce. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Chickapea Penne different from regular wheat pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea Penne Pasta is made from only organic yellow peas and chickpeas instead of wheat flour, which gives it 24g of protein and 8g of fiber per serving along with a naturally gluten-free, vegan recipe. The taste and bite are close to classic pasta, but it cooks a little faster and holds sauce just as well in the penne shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Chickapea Pasta made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea is a Canadian brand, and this pasta is produced in Canada under the company's USDA Organic, GFCO Gluten Free, and COR Kosher certifications. Real Prime Deals ships it fast from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the United States and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Chickapea Penne Pasta contain common allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea Penne Pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, and the bag carries GFCO Certified Gluten Free and Non-GMO Project Verified marks. It does not list wheat, dairy, or egg, but read the printed label on the bag you receive for the current allergen statement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I cook and store Chickapea Penne Pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the penne, and cook 6 to 8 minutes, checking a few minutes early since chickpea pasta softens faster than wheat pasta. Drain and toss right away with sauce. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, away from moisture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Chickapea Penne different from regular wheat pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea Penne Pasta is made from only organic yellow peas and chickpeas instead of wheat flour, which gives it 24g of protein and 8g of fiber per serving along with a naturally gluten-free, vegan recipe. The taste and bite are close to classic pasta, but it cooks a little faster and holds sauce just as well in the penne shape.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Chickapea Pasta made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea is a Canadian brand, and this pasta is produced in Canada under the company's USDA Organic, GFCO Gluten Free, and COR Kosher certifications. Real Prime Deals ships it fast from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the United States and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Chickapea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45493218476223,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-PENNE-8OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778413682879,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-PENNE-8OZ-PACK3","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778413715647,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-PENNE-8OZ-PACK6","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/penne.jpg?v=1778968960"},{"product_id":"chickapea-organic-chickpea-pasta-elbows-8-oz-227g","title":"Chickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta - Elbows, 8 oz (227g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta Elbows is an 8 oz (227 g) bag of high-protein pasta made from just two ingredients, organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour. Each serving has 24g of protein and 8g of fiber, and the bag is available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta Elbows: High-Protein Pasta from Just Two Ingredients\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24g protein \u0026amp; 8g fiber per serving\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, about 200 calories and 0 mg sodium per 2 oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJust two ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — organic yellow peas and organic chickpeas only, no additives or fillers, Non-GMO Project Verified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGFCO Certified Gluten Free\u003c\/strong\u003e — tested and certified for celiac and gluten-sensitive households\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Elbows shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for mac and cheese, minestrone soups, pasta salads, and casseroles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan \u0026amp; COR Kosher Certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100 percent plant-based and certified Kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 oz (227 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — Certified B Corporation; available as Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Add the elbows and cook 6 to 7 minutes until al dente, checking early since chickpea pasta softens quickly. Drain and use right away in mac and cheese, soups, or a pasta salad. For cold salads, rinse briefly with cold water after draining to stop the cooking. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Chickapea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChickapea is a Canadian brand founded to make nutritious pasta from just two plant-based ingredients: organic chickpeas and organic yellow peas. Every bag is USDA Certified Organic, GFCO Certified Gluten Free, Non-GMO Project Verified, and COR Kosher, and Chickapea is a Certified B Corporation that donates nutritious food to communities in need with every purchase. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.chickapea.ca\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003echickapea.ca\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Chickapea Elbows Pasta contain common allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea Elbows Pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, and the bag carries GFCO Certified Gluten Free and Non-GMO Project Verified marks. It does not list wheat, dairy, or egg, but read the printed label on the bag you receive for the current allergen statement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I cook and store Chickapea Elbows Pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the elbows, and cook 6 to 8 minutes, checking a few minutes early since chickpea pasta softens faster than wheat pasta. Drain and toss right away with sauce. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Chickapea Elbows different from regular wheat pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea Elbows Pasta is made from only organic yellow peas and chickpeas instead of wheat flour, which gives it 24g of protein and 8g of fiber per serving along with a naturally gluten-free, vegan recipe. The taste and bite are close to classic pasta, but it cooks a little faster and holds sauce just as well in the elbows shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Chickapea Pasta made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea is a Canadian brand, and this pasta is produced in Canada under the company's USDA Organic, GFCO Gluten Free, and COR Kosher certifications. Real Prime Deals ships it fast from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the United States and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Chickapea Elbows Pasta contain common allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea Elbows Pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, and the bag carries GFCO Certified Gluten Free and Non-GMO Project Verified marks. It does not list wheat, dairy, or egg, but read the printed label on the bag you receive for the current allergen statement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I cook and store Chickapea Elbows Pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the elbows, and cook 6 to 8 minutes, checking a few minutes early since chickpea pasta softens faster than wheat pasta. Drain and toss right away with sauce. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, away from moisture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Chickapea Elbows different from regular wheat pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea Elbows Pasta is made from only organic yellow peas and chickpeas instead of wheat flour, which gives it 24g of protein and 8g of fiber per serving along with a naturally gluten-free, vegan recipe. The taste and bite are close to classic pasta, but it cooks a little faster and holds sauce just as well in the elbows shape.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Chickapea Pasta made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea is a Canadian brand, and this pasta is produced in Canada under the company's USDA Organic, GFCO Gluten Free, and COR Kosher certifications. Real Prime Deals ships it fast from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the United States and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Chickapea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45493252980927,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-ELBOWS-8OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778413748415,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-ELBOWS-8OZ-PACK3","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778413781183,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-ELBOWS-8OZ-PACK6","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Elbows.jpg?v=1778968964"},{"product_id":"chickapea-organic-chickpea-pasta-spirals-8-oz-227g","title":"Chickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta - Spirals, 8 oz (227g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta Spirals is an 8 oz (227 g) bag of high-protein pasta made from just two ingredients, organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour. Each serving has 24g of protein and 8g of fiber, and the bag is available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta Spirals: High-Protein Pasta from Just Two Ingredients\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24g protein \u0026amp; 8g fiber per serving\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, about 200 calories and 0 mg sodium per 2 oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJust two ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — organic yellow peas and organic chickpeas only, no additives or fillers, Non-GMO Project Verified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGFCO Certified Gluten Free\u003c\/strong\u003e — tested and certified for celiac and gluten-sensitive households\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Spirals shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — grips sauces beautifully in pesto dishes, pasta salads, soups, and bakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan \u0026amp; COR Kosher Certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100 percent plant-based and certified Kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 oz (227 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — Certified B Corporation; available as Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Add the spirals and cook 6 to 8 minutes until al dente, testing early since chickpea pasta softens quickly. Drain and toss with pesto or a chunky vegetable sauce, which the curls hold especially well, or use in a cold pasta salad. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Chickapea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChickapea is a Canadian brand founded to make nutritious pasta from just two plant-based ingredients: organic chickpeas and organic yellow peas. Every bag is USDA Certified Organic, GFCO Certified Gluten Free, Non-GMO Project Verified, and COR Kosher, and Chickapea is a Certified B Corporation that donates nutritious food to communities in need with every purchase. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.chickapea.ca\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003echickapea.ca\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Chickapea Spirals Pasta contain common allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea Spirals Pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, and the bag carries GFCO Certified Gluten Free and Non-GMO Project Verified marks. It does not list wheat, dairy, or egg, but read the printed label on the bag you receive for the current allergen statement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I cook and store Chickapea Spirals Pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the spirals, and cook 6 to 8 minutes, checking a few minutes early since chickpea pasta softens faster than wheat pasta. Drain and toss right away with sauce. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Chickapea Spirals different from regular wheat pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea Spirals Pasta is made from only organic yellow peas and chickpeas instead of wheat flour, which gives it 24g of protein and 8g of fiber per serving along with a naturally gluten-free, vegan recipe. The taste and bite are close to classic pasta, but it cooks a little faster and holds sauce just as well in the spirals shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Chickapea Pasta made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea is a Canadian brand, and this pasta is produced in Canada under the company's USDA Organic, GFCO Gluten Free, and COR Kosher certifications. Real Prime Deals ships it fast from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the United States and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Chickapea Spirals Pasta contain common allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea Spirals Pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, and the bag carries GFCO Certified Gluten Free and Non-GMO Project Verified marks. It does not list wheat, dairy, or egg, but read the printed label on the bag you receive for the current allergen statement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I cook and store Chickapea Spirals Pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the spirals, and cook 6 to 8 minutes, checking a few minutes early since chickpea pasta softens faster than wheat pasta. Drain and toss right away with sauce. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, away from moisture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Chickapea Spirals different from regular wheat pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea Spirals Pasta is made from only organic yellow peas and chickpeas instead of wheat flour, which gives it 24g of protein and 8g of fiber per serving along with a naturally gluten-free, vegan recipe. The taste and bite are close to classic pasta, but it cooks a little faster and holds sauce just as well in the spirals shape.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Chickapea Pasta made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea is a Canadian brand, and this pasta is produced in Canada under the company's USDA Organic, GFCO Gluten Free, and COR Kosher certifications. Real Prime Deals ships it fast from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the United States and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Chickapea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45493253374143,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-SPIRALS-8OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778413846719,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-SPIRALS-8OZ-PACK3","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778413879487,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-SPIRALS-8OZ-PACK6","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/Spiral.jpg?v=1778968969"},{"product_id":"chickpea-pasta-shells","title":"Chickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta - Shells, 8 oz (227g)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta Shells is an 8 oz (227 g) bag of high-protein pasta made from just two ingredients, organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour. Each serving has 24g of protein and 8g of fiber, and the bag is available as a single or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChickapea Organic Chickpea Pasta Shells: High-Protein Pasta from Just Two Ingredients\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24g protein \u0026amp; 8g fiber per serving\u003c\/strong\u003e — made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, about 200 calories and 0 mg sodium per 2 oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJust two ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e — organic yellow peas and organic chickpeas only, no additives or fillers, Non-GMO Project Verified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGFCO Certified Gluten Free\u003c\/strong\u003e — tested and certified for celiac and gluten-sensitive households\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Shells shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — scoops sauces beautifully; ideal for mac and cheese, creamy dishes, soups, and bakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegan \u0026amp; COR Kosher Certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100 percent plant-based and certified Kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 oz (227 g) bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — Certified B Corporation; available as Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Add the shells and cook 6 to 8 minutes until al dente, checking early since chickpea pasta softens quickly. Toss hot shells with a cheese sauce for mac and cheese, or use in creamy soups and pasta bakes where the shell shape scoops up chunkier sauces. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Chickapea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChickapea is a Canadian brand founded to make nutritious pasta from just two plant-based ingredients: organic chickpeas and organic yellow peas. Every bag is USDA Certified Organic, GFCO Certified Gluten Free, Non-GMO Project Verified, and COR Kosher, and Chickapea is a Certified B Corporation that donates nutritious food to communities in need with every purchase. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.chickapea.ca\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003echickapea.ca\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Chickapea Shells Pasta contain common allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea Shells Pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, and the bag carries GFCO Certified Gluten Free and Non-GMO Project Verified marks. It does not list wheat, dairy, or egg, but read the printed label on the bag you receive for the current allergen statement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I cook and store Chickapea Shells Pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the shells, and cook 6 to 8 minutes, checking a few minutes early since chickpea pasta softens faster than wheat pasta. Drain and toss right away with sauce. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, away from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Chickapea Shells different from regular wheat pasta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea Shells Pasta is made from only organic yellow peas and chickpeas instead of wheat flour, which gives it 24g of protein and 8g of fiber per serving along with a naturally gluten-free, vegan recipe. The taste and bite are close to classic pasta, but it cooks a little faster and holds sauce just as well in the shells shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Chickapea Pasta made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChickapea is a Canadian brand, and this pasta is produced in Canada under the company's USDA Organic, GFCO Gluten Free, and COR Kosher certifications. Real Prime Deals ships it fast from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the United States and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Chickapea Shells Pasta contain common allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea Shells Pasta is made from organic yellow pea flour and organic chickpea flour, and the bag carries GFCO Certified Gluten Free and Non-GMO Project Verified marks. It does not list wheat, dairy, or egg, but read the printed label on the bag you receive for the current allergen statement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I cook and store Chickapea Shells Pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil, add the shells, and cook 6 to 8 minutes, checking a few minutes early since chickpea pasta softens faster than wheat pasta. Drain and toss right away with sauce. Store the unopened bag in a cool, dry pantry, away from moisture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Chickapea Shells different from regular wheat pasta?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea Shells Pasta is made from only organic yellow peas and chickpeas instead of wheat flour, which gives it 24g of protein and 8g of fiber per serving along with a naturally gluten-free, vegan recipe. The taste and bite are close to classic pasta, but it cooks a little faster and holds sauce just as well in the shells shape.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Chickapea Pasta made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chickapea is a Canadian brand, and this pasta is produced in Canada under the company's USDA Organic, GFCO Gluten Free, and COR Kosher certifications. Real Prime Deals ships it fast from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the United States and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Chickapea","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45493255962815,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-SHELLS-8OZ-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778413912255,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-SHELLS-8OZ-PACK3","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778413945023,"sku":"CHICKAPEA-SHELLS-8OZ-PACK6","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/shells_784d488a-ec99-4ce6-8df7-cc084869494f.jpg?v=1778968984"},{"product_id":"organic-fusilli-pasta-toscana","title":"Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli – Italian Durum Wheat, 1 lb","description":"\u003cp\u003ePasta Toscana Organic Fusilli is a 1 lb (454 g) box of spiral-cut Italian pasta made from 100% Tuscan durum wheat semolina, USDA Certified Organic and OU Kosher Certified. It is available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePasta Toscana Organic Fusilli: Bronze-Die Spiral Pasta from Tuscan Durum Wheat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSDA Certified Organic\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100% Tuscan durum wheat semolina; no synthetic pesticides or additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOU Kosher Certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — verified Kosher for broader dietary confidence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — grown and milled in Tuscany, bronze-die extruded for a rougher, sauce-gripping surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFusilli Spiral Shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — tight twists designed to trap pesto, chunky sauces, and baked-dish sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-Ingredient Recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e — organic durum wheat semolina and water only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6, each a 1 lb (454 g) box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of generously salted water to a rolling boil, add the fusilli, and cook 8 to 10 minutes, stirring occasionally, until al dente with no chalky center. Drain and toss right away with pesto, a chunky marinara, or a vegetable ragù; the spirals also hold up well cold in a pasta salad with vinaigrette and olives. Store any unopened portion in a cool, dry pantry, and reseal an opened box tightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Pasta Toscana\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePasta Toscana is an Italian pasta brand rooted in Tuscany, producing pasta from a short ingredient list built around Tuscan durum wheat semolina. Its shapes are bronze-die extruded and slow-dried, a traditional method that leaves a rougher, more porous surface than smooth industrial pasta, which is meant to help sauce cling to each piece. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.pastatoscana.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003epastatoscana.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not suitable for anyone with celiac disease, a wheat allergy, or gluten sensitivity. Read the printed ingredient and allergen information on the package before eating, since packaging and facility notices can be updated between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore the unopened package in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture, and check the best-by date printed on the package for freshness. Once opened, transfer any unused pasta to a sealed container or resealable bag to keep out moisture and pests, and keep it in the same cool, dry pantry rather than the refrigerator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli hold sauce so well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spirals are bronze-die extruded rather than pushed through a smoother Teflon-style die, which leaves the surface rougher and more porous. Sauce clings to that texture instead of sliding off, which is why fusilli made this way tends to taste more evenly coated than the same shape from a smooth-cut pasta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This fusilli is grown and milled from Tuscan durum wheat semolina in Tuscany, Italy, rather than being a domestically produced pasta. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not suitable for anyone with celiac disease, a wheat allergy, or gluten sensitivity. Read the printed ingredient and allergen information on the package before eating, since packaging and facility notices can be updated between production runs.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Store the unopened package in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture, and check the best-by date printed on the package for freshness. Once opened, transfer any unused pasta to a sealed container or resealable bag to keep out moisture and pests, and keep it in the same cool, dry pantry rather than the refrigerator.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli hold sauce so well?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The spirals are bronze-die extruded rather than pushed through a smoother Teflon-style die, which leaves the surface rougher and more porous. Sauce clings to that texture instead of sliding off, which is why fusilli made this way tends to taste more evenly coated than the same shape from a smooth-cut pasta.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is Pasta Toscana Organic Fusilli imported from Italy?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. This fusilli is grown and milled from Tuscan durum wheat semolina in Tuscany, Italy, rather than being a domestically produced pasta. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pasta Toscana","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45501802348735,"sku":"TOSC-FUSILLI-1LB-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778311741631,"sku":"TOSC-FUSILLI-1LB-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778311774399,"sku":"TOSC-FUSILLI-1LB-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_296c853c-c641-440f-9f7c-2278a7208c8e.png?v=1778969100"},{"product_id":"organic-capellini-2-pasta-toscana","title":"Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini Pasta – 100% Tuscan Durum Wheat, 16 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003ePasta Toscana Organic Capellini is a 16 oz (454 g) box of ultra-thin angel hair Italian pasta made from 100% Tuscan durum wheat semolina, USDA Certified Organic and OU Kosher Certified, made in Tuscany, Italy. It is available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePasta Toscana Organic Capellini: Thin Angel Hair Pasta from Tuscan Durum Wheat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSDA Organic \u0026amp; OU Kosher Certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — dual-certified for clean-label integrity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Tuscany, Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e — sourced from Tuscan durum wheat fields and bronze-die crafted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Thin Capellini Strands\u003c\/strong\u003e — the finest cut in the range, cooks in just 2 to 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-Ingredient Recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e — organic durum wheat semolina and water only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight-Sauce Pairing\u003c\/strong\u003e — suited to olive oil, seafood, fresh tomato, and broth-based sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6, each a 16 oz (454 g) box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of generously salted water to a rolling boil, add the capellini, and cook just 2 to 3 minutes — this is the thinnest pasta in the range and overcooks quickly. Taste at 2 minutes for a delicate but firm bite, then drain immediately and toss with a light sauce such as garlic and olive oil, lemon and seafood, or fresh tomato. Store any unopened portion in a cool, dry pantry, and reseal an opened box tightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Pasta Toscana\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePasta Toscana is an Italian pasta brand rooted in Tuscany, producing pasta from a short ingredient list built around Tuscan durum wheat semolina. Its shapes are bronze-die extruded and slow-dried, a traditional method that leaves a rougher, more porous surface than smooth industrial pasta, which is meant to help sauce cling to each piece. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.pastatoscana.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003epastatoscana.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not suitable for anyone with celiac disease, a wheat allergy, or gluten sensitivity. Read the printed ingredient and allergen information on the package before eating, since packaging and facility notices can be updated between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you cook Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCook it in boiling, well-salted water for just 2 to 3 minutes, tasting near the 2-minute mark, since capellini is the thinnest cut in the Pasta Toscana range and overcooks quickly compared with thicker shapes. Drain immediately once it reaches a firm, delicate bite rather than letting it sit in the hot water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sauces pair best with Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause the strands are so thin, capellini works best with light sauces that will not overwhelm it: garlic and olive oil, lemon butter with seafood, fresh tomato and basil, or a simple clam sauce. Heavy, chunky meat sauces are better suited to a thicker cut such as pappardelle or fusilli.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This capellini is made from Tuscan durum wheat semolina in Tuscany, Italy, rather than being a domestically produced pasta. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not suitable for anyone with celiac disease, a wheat allergy, or gluten sensitivity. Read the printed ingredient and allergen information on the package before eating, since packaging and facility notices can be updated between production runs.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do you cook Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Cook it in boiling, well-salted water for just 2 to 3 minutes, tasting near the 2-minute mark, since capellini is the thinnest cut in the Pasta Toscana range and overcooks quickly compared with thicker shapes. Drain immediately once it reaches a firm, delicate bite rather than letting it sit in the hot water.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sauces pair best with Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Because the strands are so thin, capellini works best with light sauces that will not overwhelm it: garlic and olive oil, lemon butter with seafood, fresh tomato and basil, or a simple clam sauce. Heavy, chunky meat sauces are better suited to a thicker cut such as pappardelle or fusilli.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is Pasta Toscana Organic Capellini imported from Italy?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. This capellini is made from Tuscan durum wheat semolina in Tuscany, Italy, rather than being a domestically produced pasta. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pasta Toscana","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45501807395007,"sku":"TOSC-CAPELLINI-1LB-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778311807167,"sku":"TOSC-CAPELLINI-1LB-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778311839935,"sku":"TOSC-CAPELLINI-1LB-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_02ac3270-eacc-49d1-90ee-be59f9309407.png?v=1778969100"},{"product_id":"organic-linguine-pasta-toscana","title":"Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine No. 9 – Italian Durum Wheat, 1 lb","description":"\u003cp\u003ePasta Toscana Organic Linguine No. 9 is a 1 lb (454 g) box of flat ribbon-cut Italian pasta made from 100% Tuscan durum wheat semolina, USDA Certified Organic and OU Kosher Certified. It is available as a Single, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePasta Toscana Organic Linguine No. 9: Flat Ribbon Pasta from Tuscan Durum Wheat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSDA Certified Organic\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100% Tuscan durum wheat semolina; no synthetic pesticides or additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOU Kosher Certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — verified Kosher for broader dietary confidence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBronze-Die Extruded\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rougher, more porous surface than smooth industrial pasta cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Ribbon No. 9 Cut\u003c\/strong\u003e — a classic shape for seafood sauces, pesto, and aglio e olio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-Ingredient Recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e — organic durum wheat semolina and water only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6, each a 1 lb (454 g) box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring a large pot of generously salted water to a rolling boil, add the linguine, and cook 8 to 10 minutes, stirring occasionally, until al dente. Drain, reserving a cup of pasta water to loosen the sauce if needed, and toss immediately; linguine is a classic match for seafood such as clams or shrimp, and also works well with pesto or aglio e olio. Store any unopened portion in a cool, dry pantry, and reseal an opened box tightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Pasta Toscana\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePasta Toscana is an Italian pasta brand rooted in Tuscany, producing pasta from a short ingredient list built around Tuscan durum wheat semolina. Its shapes are bronze-die extruded and slow-dried, a traditional method that leaves a rougher, more porous surface than smooth industrial pasta, which is meant to help sauce cling to each piece. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pasta\"\u003ePasta\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.pastatoscana.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003epastatoscana.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine No. 9 contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine No. 9 is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not suitable for anyone with celiac disease, a wheat allergy, or gluten sensitivity. Read the printed ingredient and allergen information on the package before eating, since packaging and facility notices can be updated between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine No. 9?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore the unopened package in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture, and check the best-by date printed on the package for freshness. Once opened, transfer any unused pasta to a sealed container or resealable bag to keep out moisture and pests, and keep it in the same cool, dry pantry rather than the refrigerator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sauces pair best with Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLinguine's flat ribbon shape is a classic pairing for seafood sauces such as clam (vongole) or shrimp scampi, and it also works well with pesto Genovese or a simple garlic-and-olive-oil aglio e olio. Save heavier, chunky meat sauces for a tube-shaped pasta, since linguine is built to showcase lighter preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine imported from Italy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This linguine is grown and milled from Tuscan durum wheat semolina in Tuscany, Italy, rather than being a domestically produced pasta. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine No. 9 contain allergens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine No. 9 is made from durum wheat semolina, so it contains wheat and gluten and is not suitable for anyone with celiac disease, a wheat allergy, or gluten sensitivity. Read the printed ingredient and allergen information on the package before eating, since packaging and facility notices can be updated between production runs.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should I store Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine No. 9?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Store the unopened package in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and moisture, and check the best-by date printed on the package for freshness. Once opened, transfer any unused pasta to a sealed container or resealable bag to keep out moisture and pests, and keep it in the same cool, dry pantry rather than the refrigerator.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sauces pair best with Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Linguine's flat ribbon shape is a classic pairing for seafood sauces such as clam (vongole) or shrimp scampi, and it also works well with pesto Genovese or a simple garlic-and-olive-oil aglio e olio. Save heavier, chunky meat sauces for a tube-shaped pasta, since linguine is built to showcase lighter preparations.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is Pasta Toscana Organic Linguine imported from Italy?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. This linguine is grown and milled from Tuscan durum wheat semolina in Tuscany, Italy, rather than being a domestically produced pasta. Real Prime Deals imports it and ships every order from our New Jersey warehouse to customers in the US and Canada.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Pasta Toscana","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45501841080511,"sku":"TOSC-LINGUINE-1LB-SINGLE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45778311938239,"sku":"TOSC-LINGUINE-1LB-PACK3","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45778311971007,"sku":"TOSC-LINGUINE-1LB-PACK6","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_38a201e3-3da5-455d-8e18-d95259d995f2.png?v=1778969111"},{"product_id":"take-root-organics-crushed-tomatoes-28-oz-1-75-lb-100-roma-tomatoes-no-salt-added-usda-organic","title":"Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes, 28 oz (1.75 lb) – 100% Roma Tomatoes, No Salt Added, USDA Organic","description":"\u003cp\u003eTake Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes is a 28 oz (1.75 lb) can of 100% vine-ripened Roma tomatoes, grown in California, steam peeled and crushed with no salt added. USDA Certified Organic and Non-GMO Project Verified, it is available as a single can or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTake Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes: California Roma Tomatoes, No Salt Added\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% vine-ripened Roma tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e — grown in California and packed at peak freshness for a meaty, concentrated tomato flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo salt added\u003c\/strong\u003e — pure tomato taste that puts seasoning control in your hands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSDA Certified Organic and Non-GMO Project Verified\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean-label can with no artificial additives or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteam peeled\u003c\/strong\u003e — gentle peeling without harsh chemicals, preserving natural color and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e28 oz (1.75 lb) can\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard pantry size for sauces, soups, and stews\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single can, Pack of 3, and Pack of 6 for regular pantry stocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse these crushed tomatoes as the base for pasta sauce, pizza sauce, soup, chili, braises, and shakshuka. For a quick marinara, sauté garlic in olive oil, stir in the can, season with salt and basil, and simmer 15 to 20 minutes. Keep unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry, and refrigerate any leftovers in a sealed container for up to a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Take Root Organics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake Root Organics is a pantry brand focused on organic canned tomatoes with short, clean ingredient lists. Its crushed tomatoes are grown in California from 100% vine-ripened Roma tomatoes, steam peeled and packed at peak freshness with no salt added. Browse more pantry staples in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-packaged-food\"\u003eCanned \u0026amp; Packaged Food\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.takerootorganics.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003etakerootorganics.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTake Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes are made from tomatoes only, with no salt added and no common allergens such as milk, egg, soy, wheat, or tree nuts in the recipe. The can is not certified allergen-free, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient label before use, since facility notices can change between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store an opened can of crushed tomatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat and sunlight. Once opened, transfer any unused tomatoes to a sealed container and refrigerate, using them within 5 to 7 days for best flavor. Do not store leftover tomatoes in the original can once it has been opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I make with Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes besides pasta sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeyond marinara and pizza sauce, crushed tomatoes work well as a base for soups, chili, shakshuka, braised chicken or beef, and vegetable stews. Because no salt is added, you control the seasoning entirely, which makes this can a flexible starting point for both quick weeknight meals and slow-simmered dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes and pack options are available for Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReal Prime Deals carries Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes in a 28 oz (1.75 lb) can, available as a single can or in packs of 3 and 6 for households that cook with crushed tomatoes regularly or want to stock the pantry ahead of soup and sauce season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes are made from tomatoes only, with no salt added and no common allergens such as milk, egg, soy, wheat, or tree nuts in the recipe. The can is not certified allergen-free, so anyone with a food allergy should read the printed ingredient label before use, since facility notices can change between production runs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store an opened can of crushed tomatoes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat and sunlight. Once opened, transfer any unused tomatoes to a sealed container and refrigerate, using them within 5 to 7 days for best flavor. Do not store leftover tomatoes in the original can once it has been opened.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What can I make with Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes besides pasta sauce?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Beyond marinara and pizza sauce, crushed tomatoes work well as a base for soups, chili, shakshuka, braised chicken or beef, and vegetable stews. Because no salt is added, you control the seasoning entirely, which makes this can a flexible starting point for both quick weeknight meals and slow-simmered dishes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sizes and pack options are available for Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Real Prime Deals carries Take Root Organics Crushed Tomatoes in a 28 oz (1.75 lb) can, available as a single can or in packs of 3 and 6 for households that cook with crushed tomatoes regularly or want to stock the pantry ahead of soup and sauce season.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Take Root Organics","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45609073737919,"sku":"02208340","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3-Pack","offer_id":45609073770687,"sku":"02208341","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6-Pack","offer_id":45609073803455,"sku":"02208342","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_a4fb5633-1720-4f99-b418-02cc99f03e91.png?v=1778969162"},{"product_id":"crown-prince-smoked-oysters-olive-oil","title":"Crown Prince Smoked Oysters in Olive Oil, Fancy Whole","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrown Prince Smoked Oysters in Olive Oil, Fancy Whole is a 3 oz (85 g) can of whole oysters, responsibly farmed in the Yellow Sea under ASC certification and smoked over natural hardwood before being packed in olive oil. They are ready to eat with no artificial ingredients, and a good fit for charcuterie boards, pasta, and quick protein snacks. Available as a single can or in packs of 3 and 6, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCrown Prince Smoked Oysters in Olive Oil: ASC-Certified, Hardwood-Smoked Whole Oysters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eASC certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — responsibly raised in the Yellow Sea with third-party verified sustainable aquaculture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoked over natural hardwood\u003c\/strong\u003e — real wood smoke for a deep, savory flavor with no liquid smoke or artificial flavoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked in olive oil\u003c\/strong\u003e — the oil carries the smoky flavor and can be used in dressings or on toast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFancy whole grade\u003c\/strong\u003e — whole oysters of consistent size rather than pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh in protein and omega-3\u003c\/strong\u003e — a ready-to-eat seafood snack with no artificial ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single 3 oz (85 g) can, Pack of 3, or Pack of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the can and serve the oysters on butter crackers or sourdough toast with a squeeze of lemon and a dash of hot sauce. For a fast dinner, toss them with linguine, garlic, capers, parsley, and the oil from the can, or stir them into fried rice with soy sauce, ginger, and scallions. They also belong on a cheese board with aged cheddar, Manchego, and cornichons. Store unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry; refrigerate leftovers in a covered container and use within two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Crown Prince\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrown Prince is a California-based canned seafood company that has supplied American pantries with oysters, clams, sardines, and tuna for decades. The brand emphasizes responsibly sourced seafood and has moved its oysters to ASC-certified farms, with natural hardwood smoking rather than artificial smoke flavor. Browse more tinned fish in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-fish-seafood\"\u003eCanned Fish \u0026amp; Seafood\u003c\/a\u003e collection or the wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grocery-gourmet-food\"\u003eGrocery \u0026amp; Gourmet Food\u003c\/a\u003e range. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.crownprince.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ecrownprince.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Crown Prince Smoked Oysters contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Oysters are molluscan shellfish, which is a major allergen, so anyone with a shellfish allergy should avoid this product. The can contains oysters, olive oil, and salt as its main ingredients, with natural hardwood smoke and no artificial ingredients. Read the printed ingredient panel on the can for the current recipe and any facility notice before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store and serve Crown Prince Smoked Oysters in Olive Oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry; they are shelf-stable until the printed date. Serve them straight from the can on crackers or toast, add them to pasta or fried rice, or set them out on a charcuterie board. After opening, refrigerate leftovers in a covered container and use within two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Fancy Whole grade mean for these smoked oysters?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFancy Whole means the can holds whole oysters of consistent size rather than broken pieces or trimmings. That makes them easier to plate on crackers or a cheese board and gives a meatier bite. Combined with real hardwood smoking, the result is a firmer, more savory oyster than smoke-flavored varieties that rely on added flavoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere do Crown Prince Smoked Oysters come from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese oysters are farmed in the Yellow Sea under Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) certification, which is a third-party standard for responsible aquaculture. They are smoked over natural hardwood and packed in olive oil in a 3 oz (85 g) can. We sell them as a single can, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6 for the pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do Crown Prince Smoked Oysters contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Oysters are molluscan shellfish, which is a major allergen, so anyone with a shellfish allergy should avoid this product. The can contains oysters, olive oil, and salt as its main ingredients, with natural hardwood smoke and no artificial ingredients. Read the printed ingredient panel on the can for the current recipe and any facility notice before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store and serve Crown Prince Smoked Oysters in Olive Oil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry; they are shelf-stable until the printed date. Serve them straight from the can on crackers or toast, add them to pasta or fried rice, or set them out on a charcuterie board. After opening, refrigerate leftovers in a covered container and use within two days.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the Fancy Whole grade mean for these smoked oysters?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Fancy Whole means the can holds whole oysters of consistent size rather than broken pieces or trimmings. That makes them easier to plate on crackers or a cheese board and gives a meatier bite. Combined with real hardwood smoking, the result is a firmer, more savory oyster than smoke-flavored varieties that rely on added flavoring.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where do Crown Prince Smoked Oysters come from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These oysters are farmed in the Yellow Sea under Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) certification, which is a third-party standard for responsible aquaculture. They are smoked over natural hardwood and packed in olive oil in a 3 oz (85 g) can. We sell them as a single can, a Pack of 3, or a Pack of 6 for the pantry.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Crown Prince","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":45529321734335,"sku":"CROWNPRINCE-OYSTERS-OLIVEOIL-3OZ-SINGLE","price":5.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 3","offer_id":45787658518719,"sku":"CROWNPRINCE-OYSTERS-OLIVEOIL-3OZ-PACK3","price":15.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 6","offer_id":45529321767103,"sku":"CROWNPRINCE-OYSTERS-OLIVEOIL-3OZ-PACK6","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_6035d9ab-cb43-4c6b-9a9c-03df455340fa.png?v=1778969566"},{"product_id":"bumble-bee-snack-on-the-run-tuna-salad-crackers","title":"Bumble Bee Snack on the Run! Tuna Salad \u0026 Crackers Kit, 3.5 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eBumble Bee Snack on the Run! Tuna Salad \u0026amp; Crackers Kit is a 3.5 oz kit with a 2.9 oz (82g) MSC certified tuna salad pouch, a 0.6 oz (18g) cracker pack, and a spoon, all shelf-stable before opening. It's available as a Single kit or in a 3-Pack and 9-Pack, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBumble Bee Snack on the Run!: Tuna Salad, Crackers, and a Spoon in One Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete kit with spoon\u003c\/strong\u003e — tuna salad pouch, crackers, and a spoon in one box, no separate utensils needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMSC Certified light tuna\u003c\/strong\u003e — tuna salad made with certified sustainable light tuna, verified under the MSC program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf-stable before opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — no refrigeration required until the pouch is opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8g total protein per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — 6g from the tuna salad pouch plus 1g from the crackers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-part portions\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.9 oz (82g) tuna salad pouch and 0.6 oz (18g) cracker pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen labeling\u003c\/strong\u003e — tuna salad contains egg, soy, and tuna; crackers contain milk, soy, and wheat; not gluten-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeel back the foil lid on the tuna salad pouch, then use the included spoon to spread tuna salad onto each cracker, about a teaspoon per cracker. Eat it as-is or add hot sauce, a squeeze of lemon, or black pepper to the tuna salad for extra flavor. Everything in the box is shelf-stable before opening, so it travels well in a bag, desk drawer, or car; once opened, eat right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bumble Bee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBumble Bee Seafoods has packed canned and pouched seafood for more than 120 years and sells wild-caught tuna and other seafood across North America. This Snack on the Run! kit pairs MSC certified tuna salad with crackers and a spoon in a single self-contained package for eating on the go. Browse more grab-and-go options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snack-foods\"\u003eSnack Foods\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.bumblebee.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebumblebee.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Bumble Bee Snack on the Run! kit contain allergens or mercury I should know about?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tuna salad pouch lists egg, soy, and tuna; the cracker pack lists milk, soy, and wheat, and the kit is not labeled gluten-free. Tuna naturally contains trace mercury, and the FDA publishes serving guidance for pregnant women and young children, so check current FDA and EPA advice and the printed label before regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this kit need to be refrigerated, and how do I eat it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo refrigeration is needed before opening; keep the box in a pantry, bag, or desk drawer. Peel back the tuna salad pouch, use the included spoon to portion tuna onto each cracker, and eat right away once opened. There is no cooking or prep required, which makes it suited to lunches, travel, or a quick protein snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the Snack on the Run! kit different from a plain can of Bumble Bee tuna?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA plain can holds only tuna and needs to be opened, drained, and mixed with other ingredients at home. This kit already includes a ready tuna salad blend, a pack of crackers, and a spoon, so it needs no draining, mixing, or extra utensils and works anywhere you can open a box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes does the Snack on the Run! kit come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach kit weighs 3.5 oz total, split between a 2.9 oz (82g) tuna salad pouch and a 0.6 oz (18g) cracker pack, plus an included spoon. Real Prime Deals sells it as a Single kit or in a 3-Pack and 9-Pack, so you can stock up for the week or a lunch box rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the Bumble Bee Snack on the Run! kit contain allergens or mercury I should know about?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The tuna salad pouch lists egg, soy, and tuna; the cracker pack lists milk, soy, and wheat, and the kit is not labeled gluten-free. Tuna naturally contains trace mercury, and the FDA publishes serving guidance for pregnant women and young children, so check current FDA and EPA advice and the printed label before regular use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this kit need to be refrigerated, and how do I eat it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No refrigeration is needed before opening; keep the box in a pantry, bag, or desk drawer. Peel back the tuna salad pouch, use the included spoon to portion tuna onto each cracker, and eat right away once opened. There is no cooking or prep required, which makes it suited to lunches, travel, or a quick protein snack.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes the Snack on the Run! kit different from a plain can of Bumble Bee tuna?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A plain can holds only tuna and needs to be opened, drained, and mixed with other ingredients at home. This kit already includes a ready tuna salad blend, a pack of crackers, and a spoon, so it needs no draining, mixing, or extra utensils and works anywhere you can open a box.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What sizes does the Snack on the Run! kit come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each kit weighs 3.5 oz total, split between a 2.9 oz (82g) tuna salad pouch and a 0.6 oz (18g) cracker pack, plus an included spoon. Real Prime Deals sells it as a Single kit or in a 3-Pack and 9-Pack, so you can stock up for the week or a lunch box rotation.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Bumble Bee","offers":[{"title":"Single Kit","offer_id":45529375211711,"sku":"BUMBLE-BEE-SNACK-ON-RUN-TUNA-SALAD-35OZ-SINGLE","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3-Pack","offer_id":45529375244479,"sku":"BUMBLE-BEE-SNACK-ON-RUN-TUNA-SALAD-35OZ-PACK3","price":9.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9-Pack","offer_id":45529375277247,"sku":"BUMBLE-BEE-SNACK-ON-RUN-TUNA-SALAD-35OZ-PACK9","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_79e34a4e-59ec-4b49-85b0-16109b819e78.png?v=1778969569"},{"product_id":"chicken-of-the-sea-chunk-light-tuna-7oz","title":"Chicken of the Sea Chunk Light Tuna in Water, 7 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eChicken of the Sea Chunk Light Tuna in Water is a 7 oz (198 g) can of wild-caught, Dolphin Safe light tuna packed in water with an EZ-Open pull-tab lid. Available as a Single Can, 6-Pack, or 12-Pack, shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChicken of the Sea Chunk Light Tuna: Wild-Caught Protein Packed in Water\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWild caught \u0026amp; Dolphin Safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — sustainably sourced tuna with certified Dolphin Safe fishing practices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e13g protein per serving\u003c\/strong\u003e — 60 calories, 0.5g fat per 2 oz drained (56g) serving, about 3.5 servings per can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked in water\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean, light flavor with less fat than oil-packed tuna\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEZ-Open pull-tab lid\u003c\/strong\u003e — opens without a can opener, anywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKosher (OU Pareve) certified\u003c\/strong\u003e — made with light tuna, water, vegetable broth, and salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single Can, 6-Pack, and 12-Pack for stocking the pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrain the can using the pull-tab lid, then flake the tuna into a bowl. Mix with mayonnaise, diced celery, and a squeeze of lemon for a classic tuna salad on bread or crackers, or flake it over salads, pasta, or rice bowls for a quick protein addition. Once opened, transfer any unused tuna to a covered container, refrigerate, and use within 3 days. Store unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Chicken of the Sea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChicken of the Sea has been a familiar name in American pantries for more than a century, known for bringing affordable, wild-caught canned seafood to households nationwide. Its Chunk Light Tuna is one of the brand's longest-running products, valued for a mild flavor and everyday versatility. Chicken of the Sea markets its tuna as wild caught and Dolphin Safe, a sourcing commitment tied to its fishing practices. Browse more pantry protein in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-fish-seafood\"\u003eCanned Fish \u0026amp; Seafood\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.chickenofthesea.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003echickenofthesea.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Chicken of the Sea Chunk Light Tuna contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This product contains fish and is packed with vegetable broth, salt, and water; no other major allergens are listed on the can. Some people are advised to limit tuna intake because of naturally occurring mercury, particularly children and those who are pregnant or nursing. Read the printed label and follow FDA fish consumption guidance if you have concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Chicken of the Sea tuna after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat. After opening, drain any excess liquid, transfer leftover tuna to a covered, non-metal container, and refrigerate. Use refrigerated tuna within 3 days for best quality and food safety, and check it for an unusual odor before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this tuna and Chicken of the Sea Solid White Albacore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChunk Light Tuna uses smaller species such as skipjack, giving a stronger flavor, softer texture, and 13g of protein per 2 oz drained serving. Solid White Albacore comes from a larger species with a milder taste, firmer flakes, and more protein per serving. Both are wild caught, Dolphin Safe, and packed in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is Chicken of the Sea Chunk Light Tuna made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis can is a product of Vietnam, where the tuna is caught and packed before shipping to the United States. Chicken of the Sea sources tuna from different fishing regions depending on season and supply, so check the printed label on your can, since the country of origin can vary between production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Chicken of the Sea Chunk Light Tuna contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This product contains fish and is packed with vegetable broth, salt, and water; no other major allergens are listed on the can. Some people are advised to limit tuna intake because of naturally occurring mercury, particularly children and those who are pregnant or nursing. Read the printed label and follow FDA fish consumption guidance if you have concerns.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store Chicken of the Sea tuna after opening?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Store unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat. After opening, drain any excess liquid, transfer leftover tuna to a covered, non-metal container, and refrigerate. Use refrigerated tuna within 3 days for best quality and food safety, and check it for an unusual odor before eating.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between this tuna and Chicken of the Sea Solid White Albacore?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Chunk Light Tuna uses smaller species such as skipjack, giving a stronger flavor, softer texture, and 13g of protein per 2 oz drained serving. Solid White Albacore comes from a larger species with a milder taste, firmer flakes, and more protein per serving. Both are wild caught, Dolphin Safe, and packed in water.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is Chicken of the Sea Chunk Light Tuna made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This can is a product of Vietnam, where the tuna is caught and packed before shipping to the United States. Chicken of the Sea sources tuna from different fishing regions depending on season and supply, so check the printed label on your can, since the country of origin can vary between production runs.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Chicken of the Sea","offers":[{"title":"Single Can","offer_id":45529403949247,"sku":"CHICKEN-OF-SEA-CHUNK-LIGHT-TUNA-7OZ-SINGLE","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6-Pack","offer_id":45529403982015,"sku":"CHICKEN-OF-SEA-CHUNK-LIGHT-TUNA-7OZ-PACK6","price":17.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12-Pack","offer_id":45529404014783,"sku":"CHICKEN-OF-SEA-CHUNK-LIGHT-TUNA-7OZ-PACK12","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_8b9098db-d2d1-4e48-8d48-1022f171d773.png?v=1778969583"},{"product_id":"chicken-of-the-sea-solid-white-albacore-tuna-43oz","title":"Chicken of the Sea Solid White Albacore Tuna in Water, 43 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eChicken of the Sea Solid White Albacore Tuna in Water is a 43 oz (2.7 lb) bulk can of wild-caught, Dolphin Safe albacore tuna packed in water, gluten free and sized for meal prep and large households. Shipped fast from New Jersey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChicken of the Sea Albacore Tuna: Bulk 43 oz Can With 25g Protein\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid white albacore\u003c\/strong\u003e — a premium tuna species with a milder flavor and firmer flakes than chunk light tuna\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25g protein per serving\u003c\/strong\u003e — 110 calories, 1g fat, 210mg sodium per 3 oz drained (85g) serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten free\u003c\/strong\u003e — no gluten-containing ingredients; contains soy from the vegetable broth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWild caught \u0026amp; Dolphin Safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — sustainably sourced tuna with certified Dolphin Safe fishing practices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 servings per can\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 43 oz bulk size built for meal prep and high-volume households\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked in water\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean, versatile flavor with less fat than oil-packed tuna\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the bulk can and drain the liquid, then portion the tuna into recipe-sized amounts for the week. Combine 3 oz portions with mayonnaise, celery, and lemon for tuna salad, or fold flaked tuna into pasta, grain bowls, or a baked tuna noodle casserole. Once opened, transfer unused tuna to a covered container, refrigerate, and use within 3 days. Store unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Chicken of the Sea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChicken of the Sea has been a familiar name in American pantries for more than a century, known for bringing affordable, wild-caught canned seafood to households nationwide. Solid White Albacore is the brand's premium tuna offering, valued for a firmer texture and higher protein content than chunk light tuna. This 43 oz format is built for meal preppers, large families, and foodservice-style use. Browse more pantry protein in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/canned-fish-seafood\"\u003eCanned Fish \u0026amp; Seafood\u003c\/a\u003e collection. Learn more at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.chickenofthesea.com\" rel=\"nofollow noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003echickenofthesea.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Chicken of the Sea Solid White Albacore contain allergens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This product contains fish and soy, the soy coming from the vegetable broth used in packing; no other major allergens are listed. Some people are advised to limit tuna intake because of naturally occurring mercury, particularly children and those who are pregnant or nursing. Read the printed label and follow FDA fish consumption guidance if you have concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store this tuna after opening the bulk can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKeep the unopened can in a cool, dry pantry. Once opened, drain any excess liquid, transfer the remaining tuna to a covered, non-metal container, and refrigerate immediately. Because this is a large 43 oz can, portion it into smaller containers and use refrigerated tuna within 3 days for best quality and food safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between albacore and chunk light tuna?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlbacore comes from a larger tuna species, giving a milder flavor, firmer texture, and more protein per serving than chunk light tuna, which uses smaller species like skipjack. Solid White Albacore delivers 25g of protein per 3 oz drained serving, compared to 13g in a 2 oz chunk light serving. Both are wild caught and Dolphin Safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many servings are in the 43 oz bulk can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 43 oz can provides about 16 servings at 3 oz drained (85g, roughly 1\/3 cup) each, delivering 25g of protein and 110 calories per serving. This bulk size suits meal prep, large households, or foodservice-style cooking rather than single-meal use, so refrigerate leftovers in portioned containers once opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Chicken of the Sea Solid White Albacore contain allergens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This product contains fish and soy, the soy coming from the vegetable broth used in packing; no other major allergens are listed. Some people are advised to limit tuna intake because of naturally occurring mercury, particularly children and those who are pregnant or nursing. Read the printed label and follow FDA fish consumption guidance if you have concerns.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How should I store this tuna after opening the bulk can?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep the unopened can in a cool, dry pantry. Once opened, drain any excess liquid, transfer the remaining tuna to a covered, non-metal container, and refrigerate immediately. Because this is a large 43 oz can, portion it into smaller containers and use refrigerated tuna within 3 days for best quality and food safety.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between albacore and chunk light tuna?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Albacore comes from a larger tuna species, giving a milder flavor, firmer texture, and more protein per serving than chunk light tuna, which uses smaller species like skipjack. Solid White Albacore delivers 25g of protein per 3 oz drained serving, compared to 13g in a 2 oz chunk light serving. Both are wild caught and Dolphin Safe.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many servings are in the 43 oz bulk can?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 43 oz can provides about 16 servings at 3 oz drained (85g, roughly 1\/3 cup) each, delivering 25g of protein and 110 calories per serving. This bulk size suits meal prep, large households, or foodservice-style cooking rather than single-meal use, so refrigerate leftovers in portioned containers once opened.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Chicken of the Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45529432850623,"sku":"CHICKEN-OF-SEA-SOLID-WHITE-ALBACORE-43OZ-SINGLE","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/files\/image_b0855a3d-f94d-4404-a2fd-aaa74d8e168a.png?v=1778969585"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0492\/0397\/0213\/collections\/image_00c01b76-5125-4c7a-896c-7097b6bb4761.jpg?v=1783093368","url":"https:\/\/realprimedeals.com\/collections\/canned-packaged-food.oembed?page=6","provider":"Real Prime Deals","version":"1.0","type":"link"}